U.S. patent application number 16/667199 was filed with the patent office on 2020-09-24 for substituted imidazopyridines, their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals.
The applicant listed for this patent is NEOMED Institute. Invention is credited to Jeffrey S. ALBERT, Malken BAYRAKDARIAN, Marc-Andre BEAULIEU, Stephen CLARIDGE, Andrew GRIFFIN, Shawn JOHNSTONE, Mehrnaz POURASHRAF.
Application Number | 20200299291 16/667199 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 1000004871981 |
Filed Date | 2020-09-24 |
![](/patent/app/20200299291/US20200299291A1-20200924-C00001.png)
![](/patent/app/20200299291/US20200299291A1-20200924-C00002.png)
![](/patent/app/20200299291/US20200299291A1-20200924-C00003.png)
![](/patent/app/20200299291/US20200299291A1-20200924-C00004.png)
![](/patent/app/20200299291/US20200299291A1-20200924-C00005.png)
![](/patent/app/20200299291/US20200299291A1-20200924-C00006.png)
![](/patent/app/20200299291/US20200299291A1-20200924-C00007.png)
![](/patent/app/20200299291/US20200299291A1-20200924-C00008.png)
![](/patent/app/20200299291/US20200299291A1-20200924-C00009.png)
![](/patent/app/20200299291/US20200299291A1-20200924-C00010.png)
![](/patent/app/20200299291/US20200299291A1-20200924-C00011.png)
View All Diagrams
United States Patent
Application |
20200299291 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
POURASHRAF; Mehrnaz ; et
al. |
September 24, 2020 |
SUBSTITUTED IMIDAZOPYRIDINES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE AS
PHARMACEUTICALS
Abstract
This application relates to substituted imidazopyridines,
compositions comprising them and their uses in the treatment of
diseases and conditions in which inhibition of a bromodomain is
indicated. For example, the application relates to substituted
imidazopyridines and to their use as bromodomain inhibitors. The
present application is also related to the treatment or prevention
of proliferative disorders, auto-immune disorders, inflammatory
disorders, dermal disorders, and neoplasms, including tumors and/or
cancers.
Inventors: |
POURASHRAF; Mehrnaz;
(Montreal, CA) ; BEAULIEU; Marc-Andre; (Montreal,
CA) ; CLARIDGE; Stephen; (Montreal, CA) ;
BAYRAKDARIAN; Malken; (Montreal, CA) ; JOHNSTONE;
Shawn; (Montreal, CA) ; ALBERT; Jeffrey S.;
(Montreal, CA) ; GRIFFIN; Andrew; (Montreal,
CA) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
NEOMED Institute |
Montreal |
|
CA |
|
|
Family ID: |
1000004871981 |
Appl. No.: |
16/667199 |
Filed: |
October 29, 2019 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
15770121 |
Apr 20, 2018 |
10501459 |
|
|
PCT/CA2016/051215 |
Oct 20, 2016 |
|
|
|
16667199 |
|
|
|
|
62244476 |
Oct 21, 2015 |
|
|
|
62357019 |
Jun 30, 2016 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
1/1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
C07D 471/04 20130101;
A61P 35/02 20180101 |
International
Class: |
C07D 471/04 20060101
C07D471/04; A61P 35/02 20060101 A61P035/02 |
Claims
1. A compound of Formula I: ##STR00159## wherein, R.sup.1 is a
substituted or unsubstituted group selected from
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkenyl,
C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkynyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10arylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroarylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-, C(O)R.sup.a,
OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)R.sup.a,
NHC(O)NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)NHR.sup.a, NHC(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHSO.sub.2R.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2R.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2NH.sub.2, SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, and SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2;
R.sup.a is, independently in each occurrence, a substituted or
unsubstituted group selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkenyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkynyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl, C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10arylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-, and
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroarylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-; R.sup.2 is
selected from H, NH.sub.2, CN or a substituted or unsubstituted
group selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkenyl,
C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkynyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl, C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl,
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl, C(O)R.sup.a, OR.sup.a, SR.sup.a,
NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a, SO.sub.2R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHSO.sub.2R.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2R.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, and
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2; R.sup.3 and R.sup.6 are each
independently H, halogen, NH.sub.2, CN or a substituted or
unsubstituted group selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
C(O)R.sup.a, OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2,
C(O)NHR.sup.a, C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a; and one of
R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 is H, halogen, NH.sub.2, CN or a substituted or
unsubstituted group selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
C(O)R.sup.a, NH.sub.2, NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2,
C(O)NHR.sup.a, C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, and NHC(O)R.sup.a; and the
other of R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 is a group of Formula II: ##STR00160##
wherein, R.sup.7 and R.sup.10 are each independently H, halogen,
CN, or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected from
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl or C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl group,
OC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, OC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
SC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, SC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
NHC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, NHC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
N(C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl).sub.2, NHC(O)C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl and
NHC(O)C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl; R.sup.8 is halogen, CN, or a
substituted or unsubstituted group selected from
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl or C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl group,
OC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, OC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
SC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, SC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
NHC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, NHC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
N(C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl).sub.2, NHC(O)C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl and
NHC(O)C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl; R.sup.9 is a substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl or C.sub.3-C.sub.5cycloalkyl
group; X.sup.1, X.sup.2, and X.sup.3 are each selected from a
nitrogen or carbon atom, wherein when X.sup.1, X.sup.2, or X.sup.3
is a nitrogen atom, then the R.sup.7, R.sup.8, or R.sup.10 attached
thereto is absent, provided that at least two of X.sup.1, X.sup.2,
and X.sup.3 are C; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate,
ester or prodrug thereof.
2. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
solvate, ester or prodrug thereof, wherein R.sup.4 is a group of
Formula II and R.sup.5 is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.3 alkyl.
3.-4. (canceled)
5. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
solvate, ester or prodrug thereof, wherein R.sup.5 is a group of
Formula II and R.sup.4 is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.3 alkyl.
6.-7. (canceled)
8. The compound of claim 1, wherein X.sup.1, X.sup.2 and X.sup.3
are all carbon atoms, said R.sup.7 and R.sup.10 are each hydrogen
atoms and R.sup.8 is selected from C.sub.1, CN, and a substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl, C.sub.3cycloalkyl,
NHC.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl, or NH(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2
group.
9. The compound of claim 1, wherein X.sup.1 is a nitrogen atom and
R.sup.10 is absent, X.sup.2 and X.sup.3 are carbon atoms, and
R.sup.9 is an unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl or
C.sub.3-C.sub.5cycloalkyl group or a fluorinated
C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl group or C.sub.3-C.sub.5cycloalkyl group.
10.-12. (canceled)
13. The compound of claim 1, wherein said R.sup.3 is H or a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl group and said
R.sup.6 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl
group.
14.-17. (canceled)
18. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound is a compound of
Formula III(a) or III(b): ##STR00161## wherein, R.sup.1, R.sup.2,
R.sup.7, R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are as defined in claim 1,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug
thereof.
19. (canceled)
20. The compound of claim 18, wherein R.sup.9 is an unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl or C.sub.3-C.sub.5cycloalkyl group, R.sup.7
and R.sup.10 are each hydrogen atoms and R.sup.8 is selected from
C.sub.1, CN, and a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl, C.sub.3cycloalkyl, NHC.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl, or
NH(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2 group.
21.-22. (canceled)
23. The compound of claim 18, wherein R.sup.8 and R.sup.9 are each
independently a methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, fluoromethyl,
difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopropyl, or
difluorocyclopropyl group.
24. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sup.2 is hydrogen or a
substituted or unsubstituted group selected from
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl, or
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl group.
25. (canceled)
26. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sup.2 is hydrogen or a
substituted or unsubstituted group selected from methyl, ethyl,
propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl,
cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl,
dioxolanyl, piperidinyl, and pyrrolidinyl.
27. (canceled)
28. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sup.2 is hydrogen or
methyl.
29. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sup.1 is a branched or
linear C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl group, unsubstituted or substituted
with one or more group(s) selected from halogen, OH, NH.sub.2, CN,
or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected from
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl, C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl, C(O)R.sup.a,
OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)R.sup.a,
NHC(O)NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)NHR.sup.a, NHC(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHSO.sub.2R.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2R.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2NH.sub.2, SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, and SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
wherein R.sup.a is as defined in claim 1.
30.-31. (canceled)
32. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sup.1 is selected from
C(O)R.sup.a, OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.a, SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, and
SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, wherein R.sup.a is as defined in claim
1.
33. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sup.1 is selected from
C(O)C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl, OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
SO.sub.2(C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl), and SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
wherein R.sup.a is independently in each occurrence selected from a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl, or C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl.
34. (canceled)
35. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
solvate, or prodrug thereof, wherein the compound is selected from
##STR00162## ##STR00163## ##STR00164## ##STR00165## ##STR00166##
##STR00167## ##STR00168## ##STR00169## ##STR00170## ##STR00171##
##STR00172## ##STR00173##
36. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of claim 1,
together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or
excipient.
37.-63. (canceled)
64. A method for treating a disease or condition for which a
bromodomain inhibitor is indicated, which comprises administering
to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of
a compound according to claim 1.
65.-74. (canceled)
75. A method for the treatment of a disease or condition selected
from auto-immune disorders, inflammatory disorders, dermal
disorders, and neoplasms, which comprises administering to a
subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a
compound according to claim 1.
76.-78. (canceled)
79. The method of claim 75, wherein the disease or condition is a
neoplasm selected from bladder cancer, leukemia, lymphoma, brain
cancer, central nervous system cancer, breast cancer, cervix
cancer, colorectal cancer, colon cancer, kidney cancer, liver
cancer, lung cancer, mesothelioma, ovarian cancer, pancreatic
cancer, prostate cancer, skin cancer or gastric cancer.
80.-82. (canceled)
Description
TECHNICAL FIELD
[0001] The technical field generally compounds, compositions and
their uses in the treatment of diseases and conditions in which
inhibition of bromodomains is indicated. For example, the
application relates to imidazopyridines, to pharmaceutical
compositions comprising the same, and to their use as bromodomain
inhibitors. The present application is also related to the
treatment or prevention of proliferative disorders, auto-immune
disorders, inflammatory disorders, dermal disorders, and neoplasms,
including tumors and/or cancers.
BACKGROUND
[0002] Bromodomains are found in a variety of mammalian DNA-binding
proteins. The bromodomain, which is the conserved structural module
in chromatin-associated proteins and histone acetyltransferases, is
known to recognize acetyl-lysine residues on proteins. Bromodomain
inhibitors are believed to be useful in the treatment of a variety
of diseases or conditions, such as cancer as well as chronic
autoimmune and inflammatory conditions. There is therefore a need
for compounds that could inhibit bromodomains.
SUMMARY
[0003] According to one aspect, the present application relates to
compounds of Formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,
solvates, esters or prodrugs thereof:
##STR00001##
wherein,
[0004] R.sup.1 is a substituted or unsubstituted group selected
from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkenyl,
C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkynyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10arylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroarylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-, C(O)R.sup.a,
OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)R.sup.a,
NHC(O)NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)NHR.sup.a, NHC(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHSO.sub.2R.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2R.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2NH.sub.2, SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, and
SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2;
[0005] R.sup.a is, independently in each occurrence, a substituted
or unsubstituted group selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkenyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkynyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.5-C.sub.10aryl, C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10arylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-, and
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroarylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-;
[0006] R.sup.2 is selected from H, NH.sub.2, CN or a substituted or
unsubstituted group selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkenyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkynyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl, C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl, C(O)R.sup.a,
OR.sup.a, SR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2,
C(O)NHR.sup.a, C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2R.sup.a, SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
NHSO.sub.2R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2R.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, and
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2;
[0007] R.sup.3 and R.sup.6 are each independently H, halogen,
NH.sub.2, CN or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected from
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, C(O)R.sup.a, OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a; and
[0008] one of R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 is H, halogen, NH.sub.2, CN or a
substituted or unsubstituted group selected from
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, C(O)R.sup.a, NH.sub.2, NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, and NHC(O)R.sup.a; and the other of R.sup.4
and R.sup.5 is a group of Formula II:
##STR00002##
wherein,
[0009] R.sup.7 and R.sup.10 are each independently H, halogen (such
as F, Cl), CN, or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected
from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl or C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl group,
OC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, OC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
SC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, SC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
NHC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, NHC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
N(C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl).sub.2, NHC(O)C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl and
NHC(O)C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl;
[0010] R.sup.8 is halogen (such as F, Cl), CN, or a substituted or
unsubstituted group selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl or
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl group, OC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
OC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, SC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
SC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, NHC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
NHC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, N(C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl).sub.2,
NHC(O)C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl and NHC(O)C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl;
[0011] R.sup.9 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl or C.sub.3-C.sub.5cycloalkyl group; and
[0012] X.sup.1, X.sup.2, and X.sup.3 are each selected from a
nitrogen or carbon atom, wherein when X.sup.1, X.sup.2, or X.sup.3
is a nitrogen atom, then the R.sup.7, R.sup.8, or R.sup.10 attached
thereto is absent, provided that at least two of X.sup.1, X.sup.2,
and X.sup.3 are C.
[0013] In one embodiment, the compound is of Formula I, wherein
R.sup.4 is a group of Formula II, preferably wherein said R.sup.5
is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.3
alkyl. According to another embodiment, the compound is of Formula
I, wherein R.sup.5 is a group of Formula II, preferably wherein
said R.sup.4 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.3 alkyl.
[0014] In one embodiment, in Formula II, groups X.sup.1, X.sup.2
and X.sup.3 are all carbon atoms. In another embodiment, X.sup.1 is
a nitrogen atom and R.sup.10 is absent, and X.sup.2 and X.sup.3 are
carbon atoms. For instance, the group of Formula II may be defined
as a group of Formula II (a):
##STR00003##
wherein R.sup.7, R.sup.8, R.sup.9 and R.sup.10 are as herein
defined.
[0015] In one embodiment, R.sup.9 is an unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl or C.sub.3-C.sub.5cycloalkyl group or a
fluorinated C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl group or C.sub.3-C.sub.5cycloalkyl
group, for instance trifluoromethyl, a methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,
isopropyl or cyclopropyl group. In another embodiment, R.sup.7 and
R.sup.10 are each hydrogen atoms and R.sup.8 is selected from Cl,
CN, and a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl,
C.sub.3cycloalkyl, NHC.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl, or
NH(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2 group.
[0016] Another embodiment of the application relates to compounds
of Formula I(a), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates,
esters or prodrugs thereof:
##STR00004##
wherein, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.5, R.sup.6, R.sup.7,
R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are as herein defined.
[0017] According to another embodiment, the application also
relates to compounds of Formula I(b), and pharmaceutically
acceptable salts, solvates, esters or prodrugs thereof:
##STR00005##
wherein, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, R.sup.6, R.sup.7,
R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are as herein defined.
[0018] In one embodiment, the application relates to compounds as
herein defined wherein R.sup.3 is H or a substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl group, for example, R.sup.3 is
H. In another embodiment, the application relates to compounds as
herein defined wherein R.sup.6 is H or a substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl group, for instance, R.sup.6 is
H.
[0019] In another embodiment, the present application relates to
compounds of Formula III, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,
solvates, esters or prodrugs thereof:
##STR00006##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 are as herein
defined.
[0020] Another embodiment of the application relates to compounds
of Formula III(a), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates,
esters or prodrugs thereof:
##STR00007##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.7, R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10
are as herein defined.
[0021] According to another embodiment, the application also
relates to compounds of Formula III(b), and pharmaceutically
acceptable salts, solvates, esters or prodrugs thereof:
##STR00008##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.7, R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10
are as herein defined.
[0022] According to one embodiment, the application relates to
compounds of Formula III(a) or III(b) as herein defined, wherein
R.sup.9 is an unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl or
C.sub.3-C.sub.5cycloalkyl group. In another embodiment, the
application relates to compounds of Formula III(a) or Formula
III(b) as herein defined, wherein R.sup.9 is selected from methyl,
trifluoromethyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and cyclopropyl. In
another embodiment, R.sup.8 and R.sup.9 are each independently a
methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl,
trifluoromethyl, cyclopropyl, or difluorocyclopropyl group
[0023] According to another embodiment, the application relates to
compounds of Formula III(a) or III(b) as herein defined, wherein
said R.sup.7 and R.sup.10 are each hydrogen atoms and R.sup.8 is
selected from Cl, CN, and a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl, C.sub.3cycloalkyl, NHC.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl, or
NH(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2 group.
[0024] In yet another embodiment, the present application relates
to a compound of Formula I, I(a), I(b), III, III(a) or III(b) as
herein defined, wherein R.sup.2 is hydrogen or a substituted or
unsubstituted group selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl, or C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl
group. For instance, R.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, or
C.sub.3-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl group, or R.sup.2 is a substituted
or unsubstituted group selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl,
isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,
cyclopentyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxolanyl,
piperidinyl, and pyrrolidinyl, preferably, R.sup.2 is hydrogen or a
substituted or unsubstituted methyl or ethyl group.
[0025] In a further embodiment, the present application relates to
a compound of Formula I, I(a), I(b), III, III(a) or III(b) as
herein defined, wherein R.sup.1 is a branched or linear
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl group, unsubstituted or substituted with one
or more group(s) selected from halogen, OH, NH.sub.2, CN, or a
substituted or unsubstituted group selected from
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.5-C.sub.10aryl, C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl, C(O)R.sup.a,
OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)R.sup.a,
NHC(O)NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)NHR.sup.a, NHC(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHSO.sub.2R.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2R.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2NH.sub.2, SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
wherein R.sup.a is as herein defined. In another embodiment,
R.sup.1 is a branched or linear C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl group,
unsubstituted or substituted with one or more group(s) selected
from halogen, OH, NH.sub.2, CN, or a substituted or unsubstituted
group selected from C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl, C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl,
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl, C(O)R.sup.a, OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)R.sup.a,
NHC(O)NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)NHR.sup.a, NHC(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHSO.sub.2R.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2R.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2NH.sub.2, SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
wherein R.sup.a is as herein defined. In a further embodiment,
R.sup.1 is a C.sub.1-C.sub.2alkyl substituted with one or more
group(s) selected from halogen or a substituted or unsubstituted
group selected from C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl, C.sub.5-C.sub.10aryl,
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl, C(O)R.sup.a, OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)R.sup.a,
NHSO.sub.2R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2R.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2NH.sub.2, SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
wherein R.sup.a is as herein defined. In yet another embodiment,
R.sup.1 is a C.sub.1alkyl substituted with one or more substituted
or unsubstituted group selected from C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl, C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl,
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl, OR.sup.a, and NHR.sup.a, wherein
R.sup.a is as herein defined. In a further embodiment, R.sup.1 is
selected from C(O)R.sup.a, OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
C(O)NHR.sup.a, C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, and SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, wherein R.sup.a is
as herein defined. In yet another embodiment, R.sup.1 is selected
from C(O)C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl, OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
SO.sub.2(C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl), and SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
wherein R.sup.a is as herein defined.
[0026] In one embodiment, R.sup.a is, independently in each
occurrence, selected from a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl, C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl, or
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl.
[0027] In a further embodiment, this application relates to a
compound selected from Compounds 1 to 56 as herein defined, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or prodrug thereof, for
instance, any of these compounds or their isomers, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or prodrug thereof, may
be taken individually or as sub-groups.
[0028] Another aspect related to pharmaceutical composition,
comprising a compound as defined in the present application,
together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or
excipient.
[0029] A further aspect relates to the use of a compound as defined
in the present application, or such a compound for use, in the
treatment or prevention of a disease or condition for which a
bromodomain inhibitor is indicated. Similarly, this aspect relates
to the use of a compound of the present application in the
manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a
disease or condition for which a bromodomain inhibitor is
indicated. This aspect also further relates to a method for
treating a disease or condition for which a bromodomain inhibitor
is indicated, which comprises administering to a subject in need
thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as herein
defined. In one embodiment, the disease or condition for which a
bromodomain inhibitor is indicated is an auto-immune disorder, an
inflammatory disorder (such as rheumatoid arthritis, irritable
bowel syndrome, or psoriasis), a dermal disorder, or cancer (for
instance, brain cancer, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, lung
cancer, or prostate cancer). For instance the disease or condition
is brain cancer, such as glioblastoma multiforme.
[0030] According to a further aspect, the application relates to
the use of a compound as herein defined, or such a compound for
use, in the treatment of a disease or condition selected from
auto-immune disorders, inflammatory disorders, dermal disorders,
and neoplasms. This aspect also relates to a method for the
treatment or prevention of a disease or condition selected from
auto-immune disorders, inflammatory disorders, dermal disorders,
and neoplasms, which comprises administering to a subject in need
thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as herein
defined. For instance, the inflammatory disorder is rheumatoid
arthritis, irritable bowel syndrome, or psoriasis. For example, the
disease or condition is a neoplasm which is brain cancer (e.g.
glioblastoma multiforme), pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, lung
cancer, or prostate cancer.
[0031] Additional objects and features of the present compounds,
compositions, methods and uses will become more apparent upon
reading of the following non-restrictive description of exemplary
embodiments, which should not be interpreted as limiting the scope
of the invention.
DESCRIPTION
[0032] All technical and scientific terms used herein have the same
meaning as commonly understood by one ordinary skilled in the art
to which the present technology pertains. For convenience, the
meaning of certain terms and phrases used herein are provided
below.
[0033] To the extent the definitions of terms in the publications,
patents, and patent applications incorporated herein by reference
are contrary to the definitions set forth in this specification,
the definitions in this specification control. The section headings
used herein are for organizational purposes only, and are not to be
construed as limiting the subject matter disclosed.
i. Definitions
[0034] The terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing
particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. It
should be noted that, the singular forms "a", "an", and "the"
include plural forms as well, unless the content clearly dictates
otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to a composition containing
"a compound" also contemplates a mixture of two or more compounds.
It should also be noted that the term "or" is generally employed in
its sense including "and/or" unless the content clearly dictates
otherwise. Furthermore, to the extent that the terms "including",
"includes", "having", "has", "with", or variants thereof are used
in either the detailed description and/or the claims, such terms
are intended to be inclusive in a manner similar to the term
"comprising".
[0035] The term "about" or "approximately" means within an
acceptable error range for the particular value as determined by
one of ordinary skill in the art, which will depend in part on how
the value is measured or determined, i.e., the limitations of the
measurement system. For example, "about" can mean within 1 or more
than 1 standard deviation, per the practice in the art.
Alternatively, "about" can mean a range of up to 20%, preferably up
to 10%, more preferably up to 5%, and more preferably still up to
1% of a given value. Alternatively, particularly with respect to
biological systems or processes, the term can mean within an order
of magnitude, preferably within 5-fold, and more preferably within
2-fold, of a value. Where particular values are described in the
application and claims, unless otherwise stated the term "about"
meaning within an acceptable error range for the particular value
should be assumed.
[0036] As used herein, the terms "compounds herein described",
"compounds of the present application" and equivalent expressions
refer to compounds described in the present application, e.g.,
those encompassed by structural Formulae such as Formula I, I(a),
I(b), III, III(a), and III(b), optionally with reference to any of
the applicable embodiments, and also includes exemplary compounds,
for example, Compounds 1-56, as well as their pharmaceutically
acceptable salts, solvates, esters, and prodrugs when applicable.
When a zwitterionic form is possible, the compound may be drawn as
its neutral form for practical purposes, but the compound is
understood to also include its zwitterionic form. Embodiments
herein may also exclude one or more of the compounds. Compounds may
be identified either by their chemical structure or their chemical
name. In a case where the chemical structure and chemical name
would conflict, the chemical structure will prevail.
[0037] Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also
meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric,
and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for
example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, Z
and E double bond isomers, and Z and E conformational isomers.
Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric,
diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the
present compounds are within the scope of the present description.
Unless otherwise stated, all tautomeric forms of the compounds are
within the scope of the present description. Additionally, unless
otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to
include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more
isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the
present structures including the replacement of hydrogen by
deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a .sup.13C-
or .sup.14C-enriched carbon are within the scope of the present
description. Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical
tools, as probes in biological assays, or as therapeutic agents in
accordance with the present description.
[0038] Where a particular enantiomer is preferred, it may, in some
embodiments be provided substantially free of the corresponding
enantiomer, and may also be referred to as "optically enriched."
"Optically-enriched," as used herein, means that the compound is
made up of a significantly greater proportion of one enantiomer. In
certain embodiments the compound is made up of at least about 90%
by weight of a preferred enantiomer. In other embodiments the
compound is made up of at least about 95%, 98%, or 99% by weight of
a preferred enantiomer.
[0039] Preferred enantiomers may be isolated from racemic mixtures
by any method known to those skilled in the art, including chiral
high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and
crystallization of chiral salts or prepared by asymmetric
syntheses. See, for example, Jacques et al., Enantiomers, Racemates
and Resolutions (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1981); Wilen, et
al., Tetrahedron 33:2725 (1977); Eliel, E. L. Stereochemistry of
Carbon Compounds (McGraw-Hill, N Y, 1962); Wilen, S. H. Tables of
Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions, p. 268 (E. L. Eliel, Ed.,
Univ. of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, Ind. 1972).
[0040] Definitions of specific functional groups and chemical terms
are described in more detail below. For purposes of the present
description, the chemical elements are identified in accordance
with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of
Chemistry and Physics, 75.sup.th, Ed., inside cover, and specific
functional groups are generally defined as described therein.
Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry, as well as
specific functional moieties and reactivity, are described in
Organic Chemistry, Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books,
Sausalito, 1999; Smith and March March's Advanced Organic
Chemistry, 5.sup.th, Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New
York, 2001; Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH
Publishers, Inc., New York, 1989; Carruthers, Some Modern Methods
of Organic Synthesis, 3.sup.rd Edition, Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, 1987.
[0041] The number of carbon atoms in a hydrocarbyl substituent can
be indicated by the prefix "C.sub.x-C.sub.y," where x is the
minimum and y is the maximum number of carbon atoms in the
substituent. However, when the prefix "C.sub.x-C.sub.y" is
associated with a group incorporating one or more heteroatom(s) by
definition (e.g. heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, etc), then x and y
define respectively the minimum and maximum number of atoms in the
cycle, including carbons as well as heteroatom(s).
[0042] The prefix "halo" indicates that the substituent to which
the prefix is attached is substituted with one or more
independently selected halogen radicals. More specifically, the
terms "halo" and "halogen" as used herein refer to an atom selected
from fluorine (fluoro, --F), chlorine (chloro, --Cl), bromine
(bromo, --Br), and iodine (iodo, --I). For example, "haloalkyl"
means an alkyl substituent wherein at least one hydrogen radical is
replaced with a halogen radical.
[0043] The term "heteroatom" means one or more of oxygen, sulfur,
nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon (including, any oxidized form of
nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or silicon; the quaternized form of
any basic nitrogen or; a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic
ring, for example N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in
pyrrolidinyl) or NR+(as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl).
[0044] As used herein a "direct bond" or "covalent bond" refers to
a single, double or triple bond. In certain embodiments, a "direct
bond" or "covalent bond" refers to a single bond.
[0045] Abbreviations may also be used throughout the application,
unless otherwise noted, such abbreviations are intended to have the
meaning generally understood by the field. Examples of such
abbreviations include Me (methyl), Et (ethyl), Pr (propyl), i-Pr
(isopropyl), Bu (butyl), t-Bu (tert-butyl), i-Bu (iso-butyl), s-Bu
(sec-butyl), c-Bu (cyclobutyl), Ph (phenyl), Bn (benzyl), Bz
(benzoyl), CBz or Cbz or Z (carbobenzyloxy), Boc or BOC
(tert-butoxycarbonyl), and Su or Suc (succinimide). For greater
certainty, examples of abbreviations used in the present
application are listed in a table in the Examples section.
[0046] The chemical structures herein are drawn according to the
conventional standards known in the art. Thus, where an atom, such
as a carbon atom, as drawn appears to have an unsatisfied valency,
then that valency is assumed to be satisfied by a hydrogen atom
even though that hydrogen atom is not necessarily explicitly drawn.
Hydrogen atoms should be inferred to be part of the compound.
[0047] The term "aliphatic" or "aliphatic group", as used herein,
denotes a hydrocarbon moiety that may be straight-chain (i.e.,
unbranched), branched, or cyclic (including fused, bridging, and
spiro-fused polycyclic) and may be completely saturated or may
contain one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not
aromatic. Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-6
carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-4
carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments aliphatic groups contain
1-3 carbon atoms. Aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to,
alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocycle. Suitable aliphatic groups
include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, alkyl,
alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, and hybrids thereof such as
(cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
[0048] The term "alkyl" as used herein, refers to a saturated,
straight- or branched-chain hydrocarbon radical typically
containing from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, "C.sub.1-C.sub.8
alkyl" contains from one to eight carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl
radicals include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl,
isopropyl, w-butyl, tert-butyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, heptyl, octyl
radicals and the like.
[0049] The term "alkenyl" as used herein, denotes a straight- or
branched-chain hydrocarbon radical containing one or more double
bonds and typically from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. For example,
"C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkenyl" contains from two to eight carbon atoms.
Alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, for example,
ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, I-methyl-2-buten-1-yl, heptenyl,
octenyl and the like.
[0050] The term "alkynyl" as used herein, denotes a straight- or
branched-chain hydrocarbon radical containing one or more triple
bonds and typically from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. For example,
"C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl" contains from two to eight carbon atoms.
Representative alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, for
example, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, heptynyl, octynyl and the
like.
[0051] The terms "cycloalkyl", "alicyclic", "carbocyclic" and
equivalent expressions refer to a group comprising a saturated or
partially unsaturated (non aromatic) carbocyclic ring in a
monocyclic or polycyclic ring system, including spiro (sharing one
atom), fused (sharing at least one bond) or bridged (sharing two or
more bonds) carbocyclic ring systems, having from three to fifteen
ring members. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, without
limitation, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopenten-1-yl,
cyclopenten-2-yl, cyclopenten-3-yl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexen-1-yl,
cyclohexen-2-yl, cyclohexen-3-yl, cycloheptyl,
bicyclo[4,3,0]nonanyl, norbornyl, and the like. The term cycloalkyl
includes both unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups and substituted
cycloalkyl groups. The term "C.sub.3-C.sub.ncycloalkyl" refers to a
cycloalkyl group having from 3 to the indicated "n" number of
carbon atoms in the ring structure. Unless the number of carbons is
otherwise specified, "lower cycloalkyl" groups as herein used, have
at least 3 and equal or less than 8 carbon atoms in their ring
structure.
[0052] As used herein, the terms "heterocycle", "heterocycloalkyl",
"heterocyclyl", "heterocyclic radical", and "heterocyclic ring" are
used interchangeably and refer to a chemically stable 3- to
7-membered monocyclic or 7-10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic moiety
that is either saturated or partially unsaturated, and having, in
addition to carbon atoms, one or more, preferably one to four,
heteroatoms, as defined above. When used in reference to a ring
atom of a heterocycle, the term "nitrogen" includes a substituted
nitrogen. As an example, in a saturated or partially unsaturated
ring having 1-3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or
nitrogen, the nitrogen may be N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH
(as in pyrrolidinyl), or +NR (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl). A
heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any
heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a chemically stable
structure and any of the ring atoms can be optionally substituted.
Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited
to, 1,3-dioxolanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, pyrazolinyl,
pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl,
piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl,
thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl,
tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydrodithienyl,
tetrahydrothienyl, thiomorpholino, thioxanyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl,
thietanyl, homopiperidinyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, oxazepinyl,
diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl,
3-pyrrolinyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, dioxanyl, dithianyl,
dithiolanyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrofuranyl,
3-azabicyclo[3,1,0]hexanyl, 3-azabicyclo[4,1,0]heptanyl,
quinolizinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl,
tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, and the like.
Heterocyclic groups also include groups in which a heterocyclic
ring is fused to one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloaliphatic
rings, such as indolinyl, 3H-indolyl, chromanyl, chromenyl,
phenanthridinyl, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, octahydroindolyl, or
tetrahydroquinolinyl, where the radical or point of attachment is
on the heterocyclyl ring. A heterocyclyl group may be mono- or
bicyclic. The term "heterocyclylalkyl" refers to an alkyl group
substituted by a heterocyclyl, wherein the alkyl and heterocyclyl
portions independently are optionally substituted.
[0053] As used herein, the term "partially unsaturated" refers to a
ring moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond
between ring atoms but is not aromatic. The term "partially
unsaturated" is intended to encompass rings having multiple sites
of unsaturation, but is not intended to include aryl or heteroaryl
moieties, as herein defined.
[0054] The term "aryl" used alone or as part of a larger moiety as
in "aralkyl", "aralkoxy", or "aryloxyalkyl", refers to a monocyclic
moiety or to a bicyclic or tricyclic fused ring system having a
total of six to 15 ring members, wherein at least one ring in the
system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains
three to seven ring members. The term "aryl" may be used
interchangeably with the term "aryl ring". In certain embodiments
of the present description, "aryl" refers to an aromatic ring
system which includes, but not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl,
naphthyl, azulenyl, anthracyl and the like, which may bear one or
more substituents. The term "aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" refers to an
alkyl residue attached to an aryl ring. Examples of aralkyl
include, but are not limited to, benzyl, phenethyl, 1-phenylethyl,
and the like. Also included within the scope of the term "aryl", as
it is used herein, is a group in which an aromatic ring is fused to
one or more non-aromatic rings, such as indanyl, indenyl,
phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, fluorenyl, phenanthridinyl, or
tetrahydronaphthyl, and the like.
[0055] The terms "heteroaryl" and "heteroar-", used alone or as
part of a larger moiety, e.g., "heteroaralkyl", or
"heteroaralkoxy", refer to groups having 5 to 18 ring atoms,
preferably 5, 6, or 9 ring atoms; having 6, 10, or 14 .pi.
electrons shared in a cyclic array; and having, in addition to
carbon atoms, from one to five heteroatoms. The term "heteroatom"
includes but is not limited to nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and
includes any oxidized form of nitrogen or sulfur, and any
quaternized form of a basic nitrogen. A heteroaryl may be a single
ring, or two or more fused rings. Heteroaryl groups include,
without limitation, thienyl, furanyl (furyl), thienyl, pyrrolyl,
imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl,
oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl,
pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, furopyridinyl,
indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl, and pteridinyl. The terms
"heteroaryl" and "heteroar-", as used herein, also include groups
in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl,
cycloaliphatic, or heterocyclyl rings, where the radical or point
of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring. Nonlimiting examples
include indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl
(benzothiophenyl), benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indazolyl,
benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, quinolyl
(quinolinyl), isoquinolyl (isoquinolinyl), quinolonyl,
isoquinolonyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl,
quinoxalinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl,
phenanthridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl,
tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and
pyrido[2,3-b]-1,4-oxazin-3(4H)-one. A heteroaryl group may be mono-
or bicyclic. Heteroaryl groups include rings that are optionally
substituted. The term "heteroaralkyl" refers to an alkyl group
substituted by a heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl and heteroaryl
portions independently are optionally substituted. Examples
include, but are not limited to, pyridinylmethyl, pyrimidinylethyl
and the like.
[0056] The term "bivalent hydrocarbon" refers to a bivalent
saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Such bivalent
hydrocarbon groups include alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene
groups.
[0057] The term "alkylene" refers to a divalent group derived from
a straight or branched saturated hydrocarbyl chain typically
containing from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more typically from 1 to 8
carbon atoms. Examples of an "alkylene" include a polymethylene
group, i.e., --(CH.sub.2)n-, wherein n is a positive integer,
preferably from 1 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 3, from 1 to 2, or
from 2 to 3; or --CH.sub.2--, --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--, --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--,
and --CH.sub.2CH(CH.sub.3)CH.sub.2--. A substituted alkylene chain
is a polymethylene group in which one or more methylene hydrogen
atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents
include those described below for a substituted aliphatic
group.
[0058] The term "alkenylene" refers to a divalent unsaturated
hydrocarbyl group which may be linear or branched and which has at
least one carbon-carbon double bond. An alkenylene group typically
contains 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more typically from 2 to 8 carbon
atoms. Non-limiting examples of alkenylene groups include
--C(H).dbd.C(H)--, --C(H).dbd.C(H)--CH.sub.2--,
--C(H).dbd.C(H)--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2--C(H).dbd.C(H)--CH.sub.2--,
--C(H).dbd.C(H)--CH(CH.sub.3)--, and
--CH.sub.2--C(H).dbd.C(H)--CH(CH.sub.2CH.sub.3)--.
[0059] The term "alkynylene" refers to a divalent unsaturated
hydrocarbon group which may be linear or branched and which has at
least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Examples of alkynylene groups
include, without limitation, --C.ident.C--,
--C.ident.C--CH.sub.2--, --C.ident.C--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2--C.ident.C--CH.sub.2--, --C.ident.C--CH(CH.sub.3)--, and
--CH.sub.2--C.ident.C--CH(CH.sub.2CH.sub.3)--.
[0060] As described herein, compounds of the present description
may contain "optionally substituted" moieties. In general, the term
"substituted", whether preceded by the term "optionally" or not,
means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are
replaced with a suitable substituent. Unless otherwise indicated,
an "optionally substituted" group may have a suitable substituent
at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one
position in any given structure may be substituted with more than
one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent
may be either the same or different at each position. Combinations
of substituents envisioned under the present description are
preferably those that result in the formation of chemically stable
or chemically feasible compounds. The term "chemically stable", as
used herein, refers to compounds that are not substantially altered
when subjected to conditions to allow for their production,
detection, and, in certain embodiments, their recovery,
purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed
herein.
[0061] The terms "optionally substituted", "optionally substituted
alkyl," "optionally substituted alkenyl," "optionally substituted
alkynyl", "optionally substituted carbocyclic," "optionally
substituted aryl", "optionally substituted heteroaryl," "optionally
substituted heterocyclic," and any other optionally substituted
group as used herein, refer to groups that are substituted or
unsubstituted by independent replacement of one, two, or three or
more of the hydrogen atoms thereon with substituents including, but
not limited to F, Cl, Br, I, OH, CO.sub.2H, alkoxy, oxo, thiooxo,
NO.sub.2, CN, CF.sub.3, NH.sub.2, protected amino, NHalkyl,
NHalkenyl, NHalkynyl, NHcycloalkyl, NHaryl, NHheteroaryl,
NHheterocyclic, dialkylamino, diarylamino, diheteroarylamino,
O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, O-alkynyl, O-cycloalkyl, O-aryl, O-heteroaryl,
O-haloalkyl, O-heterocyclic, C(O)alkyl, C(O)alkenyl, C(O)alkynyl,
C(O)cycloalkyl, C(O)aryl, C(O)heteroaryl, C(O)heterocycloalkyl,
CO.sub.2alkyl, CO.sub.2alkenyl, CO.sub.2alkynyl,
CO.sub.2cycloalkyl, CO.sub.2aryl, CO.sub.2heteroaryl,
CO.sub.2heterocycloalkyl, OC(O)alkyl, OC(O)alkenyl, OC(O)alkynyl,
OC(O)cycloalkyl, OC(O)aryl, OC(O)heteroaryl, OC(O)heterocycloalkyl,
C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHalkyl, C(O)NHalkenyl, C(O)NHalkynyl,
C(O)NHcycloalkyl, C(O)NHaryl, C(O)NHheteroaryl,
C(O)NHheterocycloalkyl, OCO.sub.2alkyl, OCO.sub.2alkenyl,
OCO.sub.2alkynyl, OCO.sub.2cycloalkyl, OCO.sub.2aryl,
OCO.sub.2heteroaryl, OCO.sub.2heterocycloalkyl, OC(O)NH.sub.2,
OC(O)NHalkyl, OC(O)NHalkenyl, OC(O)NHalkynyl, OC(O)NHcycloalkyl,
OC(O)NHaryl, OC(O)NHheteroaryl, OC(O)NHheterocycloalkyl,
NHC(O)alkyl, NHC(O)alkenyl, NHC(O)alkynyl, NHC(O)cycloalkyl,
NHC(O)aryl, NHC(O)heteroaryl, NHC(O)heterocycloalkyl,
NHCO.sub.2alkyl, NHCO.sub.2alkenyl, NHCO.sub.2alkynyl,
NHCO.sub.2cycloalkyl, NHCO.sub.2aryl, NHCO.sub.2heteroaryl,
NHCO.sub.2heterocycloalkyl, NHC(O)NH.sub.2, NHC(O)NHalkyl,
NHC(O)NHalkenyl, NHC(O)NHalkenyl, NHC(O)NHcycloalkyl, NHC(O)NHaryl,
NHC(O)NHheteroaryl, NHC(O)NHheterocycloalkyl, NHC(S)NH.sub.2,
NHC(S)NHalkyl, NHC(S)NHalkenyl, NHC(S)NHalkynyl,
NHC(S)NHcycloalkyl, NHC(S)NHaryl, NHC(S)NHheteroaryl,
NHC(S)NHheterocycloalkyl, NHC(NH)NH.sub.2, NHC(NH)NHalkyl,
NHC(NH)NHalkenyl, NHC(NH)NHalkenyl, NHC(NH)NHcycloalkyl,
NHC(NH)NHaryl, NHC(NH)NHheteroaryl, NHC(NH)NHheterocycloalkyl,
NHC(NH)alkyl, NHC(NH)alkenyl, NHC(NH)alkenyl, NHC(NH)cycloalkyl,
NHC(NH)aryl, NHC(NH)heteroaryl, NHC(NH)heterocycloalkyl,
C(NH)NHalkyl, C(NH)NHalkenyl, C(NH)NHalkynyl, C(NH)NHcycloalkyl,
C(NH)NHaryl, C(NH)NHheteroaryl, C(NH)NHheterocycloalkyl, S(O)alkyl,
S(O)alkenyl, S(O)alkynyl, S(O)cycloalkyl, S(O)aryl,
S(O).sub.2alkyl, S(O).sub.2alkenyl, S(O).sub.2alkynyl,
S(O).sub.2cycloalkyl, S(O).sub.2aryl, S(O)heteroaryl,
S(O)heterocycloalkyl, SO.sub.2NH.sub.2, SO.sub.2NHalkyl,
SO.sub.2NHalkenyl, SO.sub.2NHalkynyl, SO.sub.2NHcycloalkyl,
SO.sub.2NHaryl, SO.sub.2NHheteroaryl, SO.sub.2NHheterocycloalkyl,
NHSO.sub.2alkyl, NHSO.sub.2alkenyl, NHSO.sub.2alkynyl,
NHSO.sub.2cycloalkyl, NHSO.sub.2aryl, NHSO.sub.2heteroaryl,
NHSO.sub.2heterocycloalkyl, CH.sub.2NH.sub.2,
CH.sub.2SO.sub.2CH.sub.3, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl,
carbocyclic, heterocyclic, polyalkoxyalkyl, polyalkoxy,
methoxymethoxy, methoxyethoxy, SH, S-alkyl, S-alkenyl, S-alkynyl,
S-cycloalkyl, S-aryl, S-heteroaryl, S-heterocycloalkyl, or
methylthiomethyl.
[0062] In certain embodiments, suitable monovalent substituents on
a substitutable carbon atom of an "optionally substituted" group
are independently halogen; (CH.sub.2).sub.0-4R.sup.o;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4OR.sup.o; O(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4C(O)OR.sup.o;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4CH(OR.sup.o).sub.2; (CH.sub.2).sub.0-4SR.sup.o;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4Ph, which may be substituted with R.sup.o;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4O(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4Ph which may be substituted
with R.sup.o; --CH.dbd.CHPh, which may be substituted with R.sup.o;
NO.sub.2; CN; N.sub.3; (CH.sub.2).sub.0-4N(R.sup.o).sub.2;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4N(R.sup.o)C(O)R.sup.o; N(R.sup.o)C(S)R.sup.o;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4N(R.sup.o)C(O)NR.sub.2;
N(R.sup.o)C(S)NR.sup.o.sub.2;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4N(R.sup.o)C(O)OR.sup.o;
N(R.sup.o)N(R.sup.o)C(O)R.sup.o;
N(R.sup.o)N(R.sup.o)C(O)NR.sup.o.sub.2;
N(R.sup.o)N(R.sup.o)C(O)OR.sup.o; (CH.sub.2).sub.0-4C(O)R.sup.o;
C(S)R.sup.o; (CH.sub.2).sub.0-4C(O)OR.sup.o;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4C(O)SR.sup.o; (CH.sub.2).sub.0-4C(O)OSiR.sub.3;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4OC(O)R.sup.o; OC(O)(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4SR.sup.o,
SC(S)SR.sup.o; (CH.sub.2).sub.0-4SC(O)R.sup.o;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4C(O)NR.sup.o.sub.2; C(S)NR.sup.o.sub.2;
C(S)SR.sup.o; SC(S)SR.sup.o, (CH.sub.2).sub.0-4OC(O)NR.sup.o.sub.2;
C(O)N(OR.sup.o)R.sup.o; C(O)C(O)R.sup.o; C(O)CH.sub.2C(O)R.sup.o;
C(NOR.sup.o)R.sup.o; (CH.sub.2).sub.0-4SSR.sup.o;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4S(O).sub.2R.sup.o;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4(O).sub.2OR.sup.o;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4OS(O).sub.2R.sup.o; S(O).sub.2NR.sup.o.sub.2;
(CH.sub.2).sub.0-4S(O)R.sup.o; N(R.sup.o)S(O).sub.2NR.sup.o.sub.2;
N(R.sup.o)S(O).sub.2R.sup.o; N(OR.sup.o)R.sup.o;
C(NH)NR.sup.o.sub.2; P(O).sub.2R.sup.o; P(O)R.sup.o.sub.2;
OP(O)R.sup.o.sub.2; OP(O)(OR.sup.o).sub.2; SiR.sup.o.sub.3;
(straight or branched C.sub.1-4alkylene)O--N(R.sup.o).sub.2; or
(straight or branched C.sub.1-4alkylene)C(O)O--N(R.sup.o).sub.2,
wherein each R.sup.o may be substituted as defined below and is
independently hydrogen, C.sub.1-6aliphatic, CH.sub.2Ph,
O(CH.sub.2).sub.0-1Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially
unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the
definition above, two independent occurrences of R.sup.o, taken
together with their intervening atom(s), may form a 3 to 12
membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or
bicyclic ring having 0 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, which may be substituted as defined
below.
[0063] Examples of monovalent substituents on R.sup.o (or the ring
formed by taking two independent occurrences of R.sup.o together
with their intervening atoms), are independently halogen,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.0-2R*, -(haloR*), --(CH.sub.2).sub.0-2OH,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.0-2OR*, --(CH.sub.2).sub.0-2CH(OR*).sub.2,
--O(haloR*), --CN, --N.sub.3, --(CH.sub.2).sub.0-2C(O)R*,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.0-2C(O)OH, --(CH.sub.2).sub.0-2C(O)OR*,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.0-2SR*, --(CH.sub.2).sub.0-2SH,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.0-2NH.sub.2, --(CH.sub.2).sub.0-2NHR*,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.0-2NR*.sub.2, --NO.sub.2, --SiR*.sub.3,
--OSiR*.sub.3, --C(O)SR*--(C.sub.1-4straight or branched
alkylene)C(O)OR*, or --SSR*, wherein each R* is unsubstituted or
where preceded by "halo" is substituted only with one or more
halogens, and is independently selected from C.sub.1-4 aliphatic,
--CH.sub.2Ph, --O(CH.sub.2).sub.0-1Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated,
partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable
divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of R.sup.o include
.dbd.O and .dbd.S.
[0064] Examples of divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom
of an "optionally substituted" group include the following: .dbd.O,
.dbd.S, .dbd.NNR*.sub.2, .dbd.NNHC(O)R*, .dbd.NNHC(O)OR*,
.dbd.NNHS(O).sub.2R*, .dbd.NR*, .dbd.NOR*,
--O(C(R*.sub.2)).sub.2-30--, or --S(C(R*.sub.2)).sub.2-3S--,
wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from
hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined
below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially
unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent
substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an
"optionally substituted" group include: --O(CR.sub.2).sub.2-30--,
wherein each independent occurrence of R is selected from hydrogen,
C.sub.1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or
an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or
aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0065] Exemplary substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include
halogen, --R*, -(haloR*), --OH, --OR*, --O(haloR'), --CN, --C(O)OH,
--C(O)OR*, --NH.sub.2, --NHR*, --NR*.sub.2, or --NO.sub.2, wherein
each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is substituted
only with one or more halogens, and is independently C.sub.1-4
aliphatic, --CH.sub.2Ph, --O(CH.sub.2).sub.0.1Ph, or a 5-6-membered
saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or
sulfur.
[0066] The expression "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to
those salts of the compounds formed by the process of the present
description which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment,
suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower
animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and
the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk
ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art.
For example, S. M. Berge, et al. describes pharmaceutically
acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 66: 1-19
(1977). The salts can be prepared in situ during the final
isolation and purification of the compounds of the present
description, or separately by reacting a free base function of the
compound with a suitable organic or inorganic acid (acid addition
salts) or by reacting an acidic function of the compound with a
suitable organic or inorganic base (base-addition salts). Examples
of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited
to, nontoxic acid addition salts, or salts of an amino group formed
with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid,
phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic
acids such as acetic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid,
succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the
art such as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts
include, but are not limited to, adipate, alginate, ascorbate,
aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate,
camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate,
digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate,
glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate,
heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate,
lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate,
malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate,
nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate,
persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate,
propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate,
p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like.
Representative base addition alkali or alkaline earth metal salts
include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, or magnesium salts,
and the like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include,
when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine
cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide,
carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, sulfonate and aryl
sulfonate.
[0067] The term "solvate" refers to a physical association of one
of the present compounds with one or more solvent molecules. This
physical association includes hydrogen bonding. In certain
instances, the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example
when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal
lattice of a crystalline solid. "Solvate" encompasses both
solution-phase and isolable solvates. Exemplary solvates include,
without limitation, hydrates, hemihydrates, ethanolates,
hemiethanolates, n-propanolates, iso-propanolates, 1-butanolates,
2-butanolate, and solvates of other physiologically acceptable
solvents, such as the Clas 3 solvents described in the
International Conference on Harmonization (ICH), Guide for
Industry, Q3C Impurities: Residual Solvents (1997). The compounds
as herein described also include each of their solvates and
mixtures thereof.
[0068] As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable ester"
refers to esters of the compounds formed by the process of the
present description which hydrolyze in vivo and include those that
break down readily in the human body to leave the parent compound
or a salt thereof. Suitable ester groups include, for example,
those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable aliphatic carboxylic
acids, particularly alkanoic, alkenoic, cycloalkanoic and
alkanedioic acids, in which each alkyl or alkenyl moiety
advantageously has not more than 6 carbon atoms. Examples of
particular esters include, but are not limited to, formates,
acetates, propionates, butyrates, acrylates and
ethylsuccinates.
[0069] The expression "pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs" as
used herein refers to those prodrugs of the compounds formed by the
process of the present description which are, within the scope of
sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the
tissues of humans and lower animals with undue toxicity,
irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a
reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended
use. "Prodrug", as used herein means a compound which is
convertible in vivo by metabolic means (e.g. by hydrolysis) to
afford any compound delineated by the formulae of the
instantdescription. Various forms of prodrugs are known in the art,
for example, as discussed in Bundgaard, (ed.), Design of Prodrugs,
Elsevier (1985); Widder, et al. (ed.), Methods in Enzymoloqy, vol.
4, Academic Press (1985); Krogsgaard-Larsen, et al., (ed). "Design
and Application of Prodrugs, Textbook of Drug Design and
Development", Chapter 5, 113-191 (1991); Bundgaard, et al., Journal
of Drug Deliver Reviews, 8:1-38(1992); Bundgaard, J. of
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 77:285 et seq. (1988); Higuchi and Stella
(eds.) Prodrugs as Novel Drug Delivery Systems, American Chemical
Society (1975); and Bernard Testa & Joachim Mayer, "Hydrolysis
In Drug And Prodrug Metabolism: Chemistry, Biochemistry And
Enzymology", John Wiley and Sons, Ltd. (2002).
[0070] Combinations of substituents and variables envisioned by the
present description are only those that result in the formation of
stable compounds. The term "stable", as used herein, refers to
compounds which possess stability sufficient to allow manufacture
and which maintains the integrity of the compound for a sufficient
period of time to be useful for the purposes detailed herein (e.g.,
therapeutic or prophylactic administration to a subject).
ii. Compounds
[0071] The compounds of the present application may be prepared by
conventional chemical synthesis, such as exemplified in Schemes 1
to 3 and in Examples 1 to 40. As can be appreciated by the skilled
artisan, further methods of synthesizing the compounds of the
formulae herein will be evident to those of ordinary skill in the
art. Additionally, the various synthetic steps may be performed in
an alternate sequence or order to give the desired compounds. In
addition, the solvents, temperatures, reaction durations, etc.
delineated herein are for purposes of illustration only and one of
ordinary skill in the art will recognize that variation of the
reaction conditions can produce the desired products of the present
description. Synthetic chemistry transformations and protecting
group methodologies (protection and deprotection) useful in
synthesizing the compounds described herein are known in the art
and include, for example, those such as described in R. Larock,
Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers (1989); T. W.
Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2d.
Ed., John Wiley and Sons (1991); L. Fieser and M. Fieser, Fieser
and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons
(1994); and L. Paquette, ed., Encyclopedia of Reaqents for Organic
Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1995), and subsequent editions
thereof. The synthesized compounds can be separated from a reaction
mixture and further purified by standard methods such as column
chromatography, high pressure liquid chromatography, or
recrystallization.
[0072] The compounds of the present description may be modified by
appending various functionalities via any synthetic means
delineated herein to enhance selective biological properties. Such
modifications are known in the art and include those which increase
biological penetration into a given biological system (e.g., blood,
lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral
availability, increase solubility to allow administration by
injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion.
[0073] The recitation of a listing of chemical groups in any
definition of a variable herein includes definitions of that
variable as any single group or combination of listed groups. The
recitation of an embodiment for a variable herein includes that
embodiment as any single embodiment or in combination with any
other embodiments or portions thereof. The recitation of an
embodiment herein includes that embodiment as any single embodiment
or in combination with any other embodiments or portions thereof.
As such, the following embodiments are present alone or in
combination if applicable:
[0074] The present application relates to substituted
imidazopyridine compounds of general Formula I, as well as to their
pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters or prodrugs
thereof:
##STR00009##
wherein,
[0075] R.sup.1 is a substituted or unsubstituted group selected
from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkenyl,
C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkynyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10arylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroarylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-, C(O)R.sup.a,
OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)R.sup.a,
NHC(O)NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)NHR.sup.a, NHC(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHSO.sub.2R.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2R.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2NH.sub.2, SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, and SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2;
R.sup.a is, independently in each occurrence, a substituted or
unsubstituted group selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkenyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkynyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl, C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10arylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-, and
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroarylC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl-;
[0076] R.sup.2 is selected from H, NH.sub.2, CN or a substituted or
unsubstituted group selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkenyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6alkynyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl, C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl, C(O)R.sup.a,
OR.sup.a, SR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2,
C(O)NHR.sup.a, C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2R.sup.a, SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
NHSO.sub.2R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2R.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, and
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2;
[0077] R.sup.3 and R.sup.6 are each independently H, halogen,
NH.sub.2, CN or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected from
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, C(O)R.sup.a, OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, and NHC(O)R.sup.a; and
[0078] one of R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 is H, halogen, NH.sub.2, CN or a
substituted or unsubstituted group selected from
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, C(O)R.sup.a, NH.sub.2, NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, and NHC(O)R.sup.a; and the other of R.sup.4
and R.sup.5 is a group of Formula II:
##STR00010##
wherein,
[0079] R.sup.7 and R.sup.10 are each independently H, halogen (such
as F, Cl), CN, or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected
from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl or C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl group,
OC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, OC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
SC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, SC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
NHC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, NHC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
N(C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl).sub.2, NHC(O)C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl and
NHC(O)C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl;
[0080] R.sup.8 is halogen (such as F, Cl), CN, or a substituted or
unsubstituted group selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl or
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl group, OC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
OC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, SC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
SC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, NHC.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
NHC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, N(C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl).sub.2,
NHC(O)C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl and NHC(O)C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl;
[0081] R.sup.9 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl or C.sub.3-C.sub.5cycloalkyl group; and
X.sup.1, X.sup.2, and X.sup.3 are each a nitrogen or carbon atom,
wherein when X.sup.1, X.sup.2, or X.sup.3 is a nitrogen atom, then
the R.sup.7, R.sup.8, or R.sup.10 attached thereto is absent,
provided that at least two of X.sup.1, X.sup.2, and X.sup.3 are
C.
[0082] In one embodiment, the compound is of Formula I, wherein
R.sup.4 is a group of Formula II, preferably wherein said R.sup.5
is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.3
alkyl. According to another embodiment, the compound is of Formula
I, wherein R.sup.5 is a group of Formula II, preferably wherein
said R.sup.4 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.3 alkyl.
[0083] In one embodiment, in Formula II, X.sup.1 is a nitrogen atom
and R.sup.10 is absent, and X.sup.2 and X.sup.3 are carbon atoms.
In another embodiment, X.sup.1, X.sup.2 and X.sup.3 are all carbon
atoms. For instance, the group of Formula II may be defined as a
group of Formula II (a):
##STR00011##
wherein R.sup.7, R.sup.8, R.sup.9 and R.sup.10 are as herein
defined.
[0084] In one embodiment, R.sup.9 is an unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl or C.sub.3-C.sub.5cycloalkyl group or a
fluorinated C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl group or C.sub.3-C.sub.5cycloalkyl
group, for instance trifluoromethyl, a methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,
isopropyl or cyclopropyl group. In another embodiment, R.sup.7 and
R.sup.10 are each hydrogen atoms and R.sup.8 is selected from Cl,
CN, and a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl,
C.sub.3cycloalkyl, NHC.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl, or
NH(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2 group.
[0085] Another embodiment of the application relates to compounds
of Formula I(a), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates,
esters or prodrugs thereof:
##STR00012##
wherein, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.5, R.sup.6, R.sup.7,
R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are as herein defined.
[0086] According to another embodiment, the application also
relates to compounds of Formula I(b), and pharmaceutically
acceptable salts, solvates, esters or prodrugs thereof:
##STR00013##
wherein, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, R.sup.6, R.sup.7,
R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are as herein defined.
[0087] In one embodiment, the application relates to compounds as
herein defined wherein R.sup.3 is H or a substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl group, e.g. R.sup.3 is H. In
another embodiment, the application relates to compounds as herein
defined wherein R.sup.6 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl group, e.g. R.sup.6 is H.
[0088] In another embodiment, the present application relates to
compounds of Formula III, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,
solvates, esters or prodrugs thereof:
##STR00014##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.4 and R.sup.5 are as herein
defined.
[0089] Another embodiment of the application relates to compounds
of Formula III(a), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates,
esters or prodrugs thereof:
##STR00015##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.7, R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10
are as herein defined; or to compounds of Formula III(b), and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters or prodrugs
thereof:
##STR00016##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.7, R.sup.8, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10
are as herein defined.
[0090] According to one embodiment, the application relates to
compounds of Formula III(a) or III(b) as herein defined, wherein
R.sup.9 is an unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl or
C.sub.3-C.sub.5cycloalkyl group. In another embodiment, the
application relates to compounds of Formula III(a) or Formula
III(b) as herein defined, wherein R.sup.9 is selected from methyl,
trifluoromethyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and cyclopropyl. In
another embodiment, R.sup.8 and R.sup.9 are each independently a
methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl,
trifluoromethyl, cyclopropyl, or difluorocyclopropyl group
According to another embodiment, the application relates to
compounds of Formula III(a) or III(b) as herein defined, wherein
said R.sup.7 and R.sup.10 are each hydrogen atoms and R.sup.8 is
selected from Cl, CN, and a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl, C.sub.3cycloalkyl, NHC.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl, or
NH(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2 group.
[0091] In one aspect, the present application relates to a compound
of Formula I, I(a), I(b), III, III(a) or III(b) as herein defined
in combination with any of the described embodiments or subgroup
thereof, wherein R.sup.2 is hydrogen or a substituted or
unsubstituted group selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl, or C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl
group. For instance, R.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, or
C.sub.3-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl group, or R.sup.2 is a substituted
or unsubstituted group selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl,
isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,
cyclopentyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxolanyl,
piperidinyl, and pyrrolidinyl, preferably, R.sup.2 is hydrogen or a
substituted or unsubstituted methyl or ethyl group.
[0092] According to a further aspect, the present application
relates to a compound of Formula I, I(a), I(b), III, III(a) or
III(b) in combination with any of the described embodiments or
subgroups thereof, wherein R.sup.1 is a branched or linear
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl group, unsubstituted or substituted with one
or more group(s) selected from halogen, OH, NH.sub.2, CN, or a
substituted or unsubstituted group selected from
C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl, C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl, C(O)R.sup.a,
OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)R.sup.a,
NHC(O)NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)NHR.sup.a, NHC(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHSO.sub.2R.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2R.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2NH.sub.2, SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
wherein R.sup.a is as herein defined. In another embodiment,
R.sup.1 is a branched or linear C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl group,
unsubstituted or substituted with one or more group(s) selected
from halogen, OH, NH.sub.2, CN, or a substituted or unsubstituted
group selected from C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl, C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl,
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl, C(O)R.sup.a, OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)R.sup.a,
NHC(O)NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)NHR.sup.a, NHC(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHSO.sub.2R.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2R.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2NH.sub.2, SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
wherein R.sup.a is as herein defined. In a further embodiment,
R.sup.1 is a C.sub.1-C.sub.2alkyl substituted with one or more
group(s) selected from halogen or a substituted or unsubstituted
group selected from C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl, C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl,
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl, C(O)R.sup.a, OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NH.sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)C(O)R.sup.a,
NHSO.sub.2R.sup.a, N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2R.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, NHSO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
N(R.sup.a)SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2NH.sub.2, SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
wherein R.sup.a is as herein defined. In yet another embodiment,
R.sup.1 is a C.sub.1alkyl substituted with one or more substituted
or unsubstituted group selected from C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl, C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl,
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl, OR.sup.a, and NHR.sup.a, wherein
R.sup.a is as herein defined. In a further embodiment, R.sup.1 is
selected from C(O)R.sup.a, OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a, N(R.sup.a).sub.2,
C(O)NHR.sup.a, C(O)N(R.sup.a).sub.2, SO.sub.2R.sup.a,
SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a, and SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a).sub.2, wherein R.sup.a is
as herein defined. In yet another embodiment, R.sup.1 is selected
from C(O)C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl, OR.sup.a, NHR.sup.a,
N(R.sup.a).sub.2, C(O)NHR.sup.a,
SO.sub.2(C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl), and SO.sub.2NHR.sup.a,
wherein R.sup.a is as herein defined.
[0093] In an alternative definition, R.sup.1 is represented as a
R.sup.a group linked to the imidazopyridine bicyclic core via a
linker, wherein said linker is selected from a linear or branched
--C.sub.1-C.sub.3akyl-, --C.sub.1-C.sub.3akylO--,
--OC.sub.1-C.sub.3akyl-, --C.sub.1-C.sub.3akylN(H)--,
--NHC.sub.1-C.sub.3akyl-, --C.sub.1-C.sub.3akylN(R.sup.a)--,
--NR.sup.aC.sub.1-C.sub.3akyl-, C(O), O, NH, --N(R.sup.a)--,
--C(O)N(H)--, --C(O)N(R.sup.a)--, SO.sub.2, --SO.sub.2N(H)--, and
--SO.sub.2N(R.sup.a)-- group.
[0094] In one embodiment, R.sup.a is, independently in each
occurrence, selected from a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10aryl, or
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl. In one embodiment, R.sup.a is, when
within the definition of R.sup.1, a C.sub.3-C.sub.10cycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10heterocycloalkyl, C.sub.6-C.sub.10aryl, or
C.sub.5-C.sub.10heteroaryl group.
[0095] Examples of compounds of the present application include,
without limitation:
##STR00017## ##STR00018## ##STR00019## ##STR00020## ##STR00021##
##STR00022## ##STR00023## ##STR00024## ##STR00025## ##STR00026##
##STR00027## ##STR00028##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or prodrug
thereof.
[0096] In a further embodiment, this application relates to a
compound selected from Compounds 1 to 56 as herein defined, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or prodrug thereof, for
instance, any of these compounds or their isomers, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or prodrug thereof, may
be taken individually or as sub-groups.
iii. Methods, Uses, Formulations and Administration
[0097] As used herein, the term "effective amount" means that
amount of a drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the
biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal or human
that is being sought, for instance, by a researcher or clinician.
Furthermore, the term "therapeutically effective amount" means any
amount which, as compared to a corresponding subject who has not
received such amount, results in treatment, healing, prevention, or
amelioration of a disease, disorder, or side effect, or a decrease
in the rate of advancement of a disease or disorder. The term also
includes within its scope amounts effective to enhance normal
physiological function.
[0098] As used herein, the terms "treatment," "treat," and
"treating" refer to reversing, alleviating, delaying the onset of,
or inhibiting the progress of a disease or disorder, or one or more
symptoms thereof, as described herein. In some embodiments,
treatment may be administered after one or more symptoms have
developed. In other embodiments, treatment may be administered in
the absence of symptoms. For example, treatment may be administered
to a susceptible individual prior to the onset of symptoms (e.g.,
in light of a history of symptoms and/or in light of genetic or
other susceptibility factors). Treatment may also be continued
after symptoms have resolved, for example to prevent or delay their
recurrence.
[0099] As used herein, the term "bromodomain inhibitor" denotes a
compound which inhibits the binding of a bromodomain with its
cognate acetylated proteins. In one embodiment the bromodomain
inhibitor is a compound which inhibits the binding of a bromodomain
to acetylated lysine residues. In a further embodiment the
bromodomain inhibitor is a compound which inhibits the binding of a
bromodomain to acetylated lysine residues on histones, particularly
histones H3 and H4.
[0100] In a particular embodiment the bromodomain inhibitor is a
compound that inhibits the binding of BET family bromodomains to
acetylated lysine residues (hereafter referred to as a "BET family
bromodomain inhibitor"). The BET family of bromodomain containing
proteins comprises 4 proteins (BRD2, BRD3, BRD4 and BRD-t) which
contain tandem bromodomains capable of binding to two acetylated
lysine residues in close proximity, increasing the specificity of
the interaction.
[0101] As used herein, the term "inhibitor" is defined as a
compound that binds to and/or inhibits the target
bromodomain-containing protein (such as a BET protein, e.g., BRD2,
BRD3, BRD4, and/or BRDT) with measurable affinity.
[0102] The terms "measurable affinity" and "measurably inhibit," as
used herein, means a measurable change in activity of at least one
bromodomain-containing protein between a sample comprising a
provided compound, or composition thereof, and at least one histone
methyltransferase, and an equivalent sample comprising at least one
bromodomain-containing protein, in the absence of said compound, or
composition thereof.
[0103] The term "patient or subject" as used herein refers to a
mammal. A subject therefore refers to, for example, dogs, cats,
horses, cows, pigs, guinea pigs, and the like. Preferably the
subject is a human. When the subject is a human, the subject may be
either a patient or a healthy human.
[0104] In some embodiments, the disease or condition can be an
auto-immune disorder, an inflammatory disorder, a dermal disorder,
or cancer. In some optional embodiments, the disease or condition
can be an auto-immune disorder. In some other optional embodiments,
the disease or condition can be an inflammatory disorder. In
further optional embodiments, the inflammatory disorder can be
rheumatoid arthritis, irritable bowel syndrome, or psoriasis.
[0105] In some other optional embodiments, the disease or condition
can be cancer. In further optional embodiments, the cancer can be
brain cancer, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, or
prostate cancer. In further optional embodiments, the cancer can be
brain cancer. In further optional embodiments, the brain cancer is
glioblastoma multiforme.
[0106] In some embodiments, the cancer is selected from the group
consisting of: brain (gliomas), glioblastomas, leukemias,
lymphomas, Bannayan-Zonana syndrome, Cowden disease,
Lhermitte-Duclos disease, breast, inflammatory breast cancer,
Wilm's tumor, Ewing's sarcoma, Rhabdomyosarcoma, ependymoma,
medulloblastoma, colon, gastric, bladder, head and neck, kidney,
lung, liver, melanoma, renal, ovarian, pancreatic, prostate,
sarcoma, osteosarcoma, giant cell tumor of bone and thyroid.
[0107] In some embodiments, the disorder can be a proliferative
disorder, inflammatory disease, sepsis, autoimmune disease, or
viral infection. In some optional embodiments, the proliferative
disorder can be cancer.
[0108] The term "proliferative disorder" refers to cells having the
capacity for autonomous growth, i.e., an abnormal state of
condition characterized by rapidly proliferating cell growth which
generally forms a distinct mass that show partial or total lack of
structural organization and functional coordination with normal
tissue.
[0109] The terms "neoplasm", "neoplastic disorder", "neoplasia"
"cancer," and "tumor" are meant to encompass hematopoietic
neoplasms (e.g. lymphomas or leukemias) as well as solid neoplasms
(e.g. sarcomas or carcinomas), including all types of pre-cancerous
and cancerous growths, or oncogenic processes, metastatic tissues
or malignantly transformed cells, tissues, or organs, irrespective
of histopathologic type or stage of invasiveness. Hematopoietic
neoplasms are malignant tumors affecting hematopoietic structures
(structures pertaining to the formation of blood cells) and
components of the immune system, including leukemias (related to
leukocytes (white blood cells) and their precursors in the blood
and bone marrow) arising from myeloid, lymphoid or erythroid
lineages, and lymphomas (related to lymphocytes). Solid neoplasms
include sarcomas, which are malignant neoplasms that originate from
connective tissues such as muscle, cartilage, blood vessels,
fibrous tissue, fat or bone. Solid neoplasms also include
carcinomas, which are malignant neoplasms arising from epithelial
structures, including external epithelia (e.g., skin and linings of
the gastrointestinal tract, lungs, and cervix), and internal
epithelia that line various glands (e.g., breast, pancreas,
thyroid). Examples of neoplasms include leukemia, and
hepatocellular cancers, sarcoma, vascular endothelial cancers,
breast cancers, central nervous system cancers (e.g. astrocytoma,
gliosarcoma, neuroblastoma, oligodendroglioma and glioblastoma),
prostate cancers, lung and bronchus cancers, larynx cancers,
esophagus cancers, colon cancers, colorectal cancers,
gastro-intestinal cancers, melanomas, ovarian and endometrial
cancer, renal and bladder cancer, liver cancer, endocrine cancer
(e.g. thyroid), and pancreatic cancer.
[0110] In some aspects, examples of cancers treated using the
compounds and methods described herein include, but are not limited
to, acinic cell carcinoma, acoustic neuroma, acral lentiginous
melanoma, acrospiroma, acute eosinophilic leukemia, acute erythroid
leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia,
acute megakaryoblastic leukemia, acute monocytic leukemia, acute
myelogenous leukemia, acute myelognous leukemia, acute
promyelocytic leukemia, adrenal cancer, adenocarcinoma, adenoid
cystic carcinoma, adenoma, adenomatoid odontogenic tumor,
adenosquamous carcinoma, adipose tissue neoplasm, adrenal cancer,
adrenocortical carcinoma, adult T-cell leukemia/lymphoma,
aggressive NK-cell leukemia, AIDS-related lymphoma, alveolar
rhabdomyosarcoma, alveolar soft part sarcoma, ameloblastic fibroma,
anaplastic large cell lymphoma, anaplastic thyroid cancer,
angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma, angiomyolipoma, angiosarcoma,
astrocytoma, atypical teratoid rhabdoid tumor, Bannayan-Zonana
syndrome, basal cell carcinoma, B-cell chronic lymphocytic
leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia, biliary
tract cancer, bladder, bladder cancer, blastoma, bone cancer, brain
(gliomas), brain cancer, breast, breast cancer, Brenner tumor,
Brown tumor, Burkitt's lymphoma, carcinoma, carcinoma in situ,
carcinosarcoma, cartilage tumor, cementoma, cervical cancer,
chondroma, chordoma, choriocarcinoma, choroid plexus papilloma,
chronic lymphocytic leukemia, clear-cell sarcoma of the kidney,
colon, colorectal cancer, Cowden disease, craniopharyngioma,
cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, Degos disease, desmoplastic small round
cell tumor, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, dysembryoplastic
neuroepithelial tumor, dysgerminoma, embryonal carcinoma, endocrine
gland neoplasm, endodermal sinus tumor, enteropathy-associated
T-cell lymphoma, ependymoma, esophageal cancer, Ewing's sarcoma,
fetus in fetu, fibroma, fibrosarcoma, follicular lymphoma,
follicular thyroid cancer, gallbladder cancer, ganglioneuroma,
gastric, gastric cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, germ cell tumor,
gestational choriocarcinoma, giant cell fibroblastoma, giant cell
tumor of bone and thyroid, giant cell tumor of the bone, glial
tumor, glioblastoma multiforme, glioblastomas, glioma, gliomatosis
cerebri, glucagonoma, gonadoblastoma, granulosa cell tumor,
gynandroblastoma, hairy cell leukemia, head and neck, head and neck
cancer, hemangioblastoma, hemangiopericytoma, hematological
malignancy, hepatoblastoma, hepatosplenic T-cell lymphoma,
Hodgkin's lymphoma, inflammatory breast cancer, intestinal cancer,
invasive lobular carcinoma, kidney, kidney cancer, laryngeal
cancer, lentigo maligna, lethal midline carcinoma, leukemia,
leukemias, leydig cell tumor, Lhermitte-Duclos disease,
liposarcoma, liver, liver cancer, lung, lung cancer, lymphangio
sarcoma, lymphangioma, lymphoepithelioma, lymphoma, lymphomas,
malignant fibrous histiocytoma, malignant peripheral nerve sheath
tumor, malignant triton tumor, MALT lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma,
marginal zone B-cell lymphoma, mast cell leukemia, mediastinal germ
cell tumor, medullary carcinoma of the breast, medullary thyroid
cancer, medulloblastoma, melanoma, meningioma, merkel cell cancer,
mesothelioma, metastatic urothelial carcinoma, mixed Mullerian
tumor, mucinous tumor, multiple myeloma, muscle tissue neoplasm,
mycosis fungoides, myeloid sarcoma, myxoid liposarcoma, myxoma,
myxosarcoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, neurinoma, neuroblastoma,
neurofibroma, neuroma, nodular melanoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma,
non-small cell lung cancer, ocular cancer, oligoastrocytoma,
oligodendroglioma, oncocytoma, optic nerve sheath meningioma, optic
nerve tumor, oral cancer, osteosarcoma, ovarian, ovarian cancer,
Pancoast tumor, pancreatic, pancreatic cancer, papillary thyroid
cancer, paraganglioma, pharyngeal cancer, pinealoblastoma,
pineocytoma, pituicytoma, pituitary adenoma, pituitary tumor,
plasmacytoma, polyembryoma, precursor T-lymphoblastic lymphoma,
primary central nervous system lymphoma, primary effusion lymphoma,
primary peritoneal cancer, prostate, prostate cancer, pseudomyxoma
peritonei, rectal cancer, renal, renal cell carcinoma, renal
medullary carcinoma, retinoblastoma, rhabdomyoma, Rhabdomyosarcoma,
Richter's transformation, sarcoma, Schwannomatosis, seminoma,
Sertoli cell tumor, sex cord-gonadal stromal tumor, Sezary's
disease, signet ring cell carcinoma, skin cancer, small blue round
cell tumors, small cell carcinoma, small cell lung cancer, small
intestine cancer, soft tissue sarcoma, somatostatinoma, soot wart,
spinal tumor, splenic marginal zone lymphoma, squamous carcinoma,
squamous cell carcinoma, stomach cancer, synovial sarcoma, T-cell
lymphoma, testicular cancer, thecoma, throat cancer, thyroid
cancer, transitional cell carcinoma, urachal cancer, urogenital
cancer, urothelial carcinoma, uterine cancer, uveal melanoma,
vaginal cancer, verrucous carcinoma, visual pathway glioma, vulvar
cancer, Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, Warthin's tumor, and
Wilm's tumor.
[0111] In some embodiments, the cancer can be adenocarcinoma, adult
T-cell leukemia/lymphoma, bladder cancer, blastoma, bone cancer,
breast cancer, brain cancer, carcinoma, myeloid sarcoma, cervical
cancer, colorectal cancer, esophageal cancer, gastrointestinal
cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, glioma, gallbladder cancer,
gastric cancer, head and neck cancer, Hodgkin's lymphoma,
non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, intestinal cancer, kidney cancer, laryngeal
cancer, leukemia, lung cancer, lymphoma, liver cancer, small cell
lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, mesothelioma, multiple
myeloma, ocular cancer, optic nerve tumor, oral cancer, ovarian
cancer, pituitary tumor, primary central nervous system lymphoma,
prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, pharyngeal cancer, renal cell
carcinoma, rectal cancer, sarcoma, skin cancer, spinal tumor, small
intestine cancer, stomach cancer, T-cell lymphoma, testicular
cancer, thyroid cancer, throat cancer, urogenital cancer,
urothelial carcinoma, uterine cancer, vaginal cancer, or Wilms'
tumor. In some other embodiments, the cancer can be acute
myelognous leukemia or Burkitt's lymphoma.
[0112] In some embodiments, the autoimmune and inflammatory
diseases or conditions can involve an inflammatory response to
infections with bacteria, viruses, fungi, parasites or their
toxins, as well as viruses. In some other embodiments, the
autoimmune and inflammatory diseases or conditions can be selected
from the group consisting of acute lung injury, acute pancreatitis,
acute renal failure, ARDS (adult respiratory distress syndrome),
burns, coronavirus, encephalitis, endotoxaemia, fulminant
hepatitis, herpes simplex, herpes zoster, Herxheimer reactions,
malaria and SIRS associated with viral infections such as
influenza, meningitis, multi-organ dysfunction syndrome, myelitis,
post-surgical syndromes, sarcoidosis, sepsis, sepsis syndrome,
septic shock, systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS), toxic
shock syndrome.
[0113] In some embodiments, the present description provides a
method of treating other conditions. Such other conditions include,
but are not limited to, acne, acute inflammatory responses (such as
acute respiratory distress syndrome and ischemia/reperfusion
injury, glioblastoma, Graves' disease, HIV, HPV, inflammatory
disease, keloids and related scarring, lung cancer, meningitis
(bacterial and viral), multiple sclerosis, neoplasm, neuroblastoma,
pancreatic cancer, scleroderma, skin cancer, toxic shock, viral
infections, viral infections and diseases.
[0114] In some embodiments, the present description provides a
method of treating a benign proliferative disorder. Such benign
proliferative disorders include, but are not limited to, benign
soft tissue tumors, bone tumors, brain and spinal tumors, eyelid
and orbital tumors, granuloma, lipoma, meningioma, multiple
endocrine neoplasia, nasal polyps, pituitary tumors, prolactinoma,
pseudotumor cerebri, seborrheic keratoses, stomach polyps, thyroid
nodules, cystic neoplasms of the pancreas, hemangiomas, vocal cord
nodules, polyps, and cysts, Castleman disease, chronic pilonidal
disease, dermatofibroma, pilar cyst, prolactinoma, pseudotumor
cerebri, pyogenic granuloma, and juvenile polyposis syndrome.
[0115] The present description further relates to a method for
treating infectious and noninfectious inflammatory events and
autoimmune and other inflammatory diseases by administration of an
effective amount of a provided compound to a mammal, in particular
a human in need of such treatment. Examples of autoimmune and
inflammatory diseases, disorders, and syndromes treated using the
compounds and methods described herein include inflammatory pelvic
disease, urethritis, skin sunburn, sinusitis, pneumonitis,
encephalitis, meningitis, myocarditis, nephritis, osteomyelitis,
myositis, hepatitis, gastritis, enteritis, dermatitis, gingivitis,
appendicitis, pancreatitis, cholecystitis, agammaglobulinemia,
psoriasis, allergy, Crohn's disease, irritable bowel syndrome,
ulcerative colitis, Sjogren's disease, tissue graft rejection,
hyperacute rejection of transplanted organs, asthma, allergic
rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), autoimmune
polyglandular disease (also known as autoimmune polyglandular
syndrome), autoimmune alopecia, pernicious anemia,
glomerulonephritis, dermatomyositis, multiple sclerosis,
scleroderma, vasculitis, autoimmune hemolytic and thrombocytopenic
states, Goodpasture's syndrome, atherosclerosis, Addison's disease,
Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, Type I diabetes, septic
shock, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), rheumatoid arthritis,
psoriatic arthritis, juvenile arthritis, osteoarthritis, chronic
idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia,
myasthenia gravis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, atopic dermatitis,
degenerative joint disease, vitiligo, autoimmune hypopituitarism,
Guillain-Barre syndrome, Behcet's disease, scleracierma, mycosis
fungoides, acute inflammatory responses (such as acute respiratory
distress syndrome and ischemia/reperfusion injury), and Graves'
disease. Other examples of infectious and noninfectious
inflammatory events, autoimmune and other inflammatory diseases
include, but are not limited to, Addison's disease,
agammaglobulinemia, allergic rhinitis, allergy, Alzheimer's
disease, appendicitis, asthma, atherosclerosis, atopic dermatitis,
autoimmune alopecia, autoimmune hemolytic and thrombocytopenic
states, autoimmune hypopituitarism, autoimmune polyglandular
disease (also known as autoimmune polyglandular syndrome), Behcet's
disease, cholecystitis, chronic idiopathic thrombocytopenic
purpura, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), Crohn's
disease, degenerative joint disease, dermatitis, dermatomyositis,
encephalitis, enteritis, gastritis, gingivitis, glomerulonephritis,
Goodpasture's syndrome, Guillain-Barre syndrome, Hashimoto's
thyroiditis, hepatitis, hyperacute rejection of transplanted
organs, inflammatory pelvic disease, irritable bowel syndrome,
juvenile arthritis, meningitis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia
gravis, mycosis fungoides, myocarditis, myositis, nephritis,
osteoarthritis, osteomyelitis, pancreatitis, Parkinson's disease,
pernicious anemia, pneumonitis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis,
rheumatoid arthritis, scleracierma, scleroderma, septic shock,
sinusitis, Sjogren's disease, skin sunburn, systemic lupus
erythematosus (SLE), tissue graft rejection, Type I diabetes,
ulcerative colitis, urethritis, vasculitis, vitiligo, and
Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia.
[0116] In some embodiments, the present description provides a
method of treating systemic inflammatory response syndromes such as
LPS-induced endotoxic shock and/or bacteria-induced sepsis by
administration of an effective amount of a provided compound to a
mammal, in particular a human in need of such treatment.
[0117] The present description further relates to a method for
treating viral infections and diseases by administration of an
effective amount of a provided compound to a mammal, in particular
a human in need of such treatment. Examples of viral infections and
diseases treated using the compounds and methods described herein
include episome-based DNA viruses including, but not limited to,
human papillomavirus, Herpesvirus, Epstein-Barr virus, human
immunodeficiency virus, hepatis B virus, and hepatitis C virus.
[0118] The present description further relates to a method of
treating a subject, such as a human, suffering from one of the
abovementioned conditions, illnesses, disorders or diseases. The
method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount
of one or more provided compounds, which function by inhibiting a
bromodomain and, in general, by modulating gene expression, to
induce various cellular effects, in particular induction or
repression of gene expression, arresting cell proliferation,
inducing cell differentiation and/or inducing apoptosis, to a
subject in need of such treatment.
[0119] The present description further provides a therapeutic
method of modulating protein methylation, gene expression, cell
proliferation, cell differentiation and/or apoptosis in vivo in
diseases mentioned above, in particular cancer, inflammatory
disease, and/or viral disease comprising administering to a subject
in need of such therapy a pharmacologically active and
therapeutically effective amount of one or more provided
compounds.
[0120] The present description further provides a method of
regulating endogenous or heterologous promoter activity by
contacting a cell with a provided compound.
[0121] In certain embodiments, the present description provides a
method of treating a disorder (as described herein) in a subject,
comprising administering to the subject identified as in need
thereof, a compound of the present description. The identification
of those patients who are in need of treatment for the disorders
described above is well within the ability and knowledge of one
skilled in the art. Certain of the methods for identification of
patients which are at risk of developing the above disorders which
can be treated by the subject method are appreciated in the medical
arts, such as family history, and the presence of risk factors
associated with the development of that disease state in the
subject patient. A clinician skilled in the art can readily
identify such candidate patients, by the use of, for example,
clinical tests, physical examination and medical/family
history.
[0122] A method of assessing the efficacy of a treatment in a
subject includes determining the pre-treatment extent of a disorder
by methods well known in the art (e.g., determining tumor size or
screening for tumor markers where the cell proliferative disorder
is cancer) and then administering a therapeutically effective
amount of a compound of the present description, to the subject.
After an appropriate period of time after the administration of the
compound (e.g., 1 day, 1 week, 2 weeks, one month, six months), the
extent of the disorder is determined again. The modulation (e.g.,
decrease) of the extent or invasiveness of the disorder indicates
efficacy of the treatment. The extent or invasiveness of the
disorder may be determined periodically throughout treatment. For
example, the extent or invasiveness of the disorder may be checked
every few hours, days or weeks to assess the further efficacy of
the treatment. A decrease in extent or invasiveness of the disorder
indicates that the treatment is efficacious. The method described
may be used to screen or select patients that may benefit from
treatment with a compound of the present description.
[0123] According to one aspect, there is provided a method for
identifying compounds for use in treating autoimmune and
inflammatory diseases or conditions which comprises the step of
determining whether the compound inhibits the binding of a
bromodomain with its cognate acetylated protein.
[0124] According to another embodiment, the description provides a
method of inhibiting a bromodomain-containing protein (such as a
BET protein, e.g., BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or BRDT) using a
composition comprising a compound of the present description or a
pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle. The
amount of a compound of the present description in a provided
composition is such that is effective to measurably inhibit one or
more bromodomain-containing proteins (such as a BET protein, e.g.,
BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or BRDT), or a mutant thereof, in a
biological sample or in a patient. In certain embodiments, the
amount of compound in a provided composition is such that is
effective to measurably inhibit one or more bromodomain-containing
proteins (such as a BET protein, e.g., BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or
BRDT), or a mutant thereof, in a biological sample or in a patient.
In certain embodiments, a provided composition is formulated for
administration to a patient in need of such composition. In some
embodiments, a provided composition is formulated for oral
administration to a patient.
[0125] In some embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount of
a compound as defined herein can be administered to a patient alone
or admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or
vehicle.
[0126] The expression "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,
adjuvant, or vehicle" and equivalent expressions, refer to a
non-toxic carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle that does not destroy the
pharmacological activity of the compound with which it is
formulated. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or
vehicles that may be used in the compositions of this disclosure
include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum
stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin,
buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid,
potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated
vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as
protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen
phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium
trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances,
polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates,
waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene
glycol and wool fat.
[0127] A "pharmaceutically acceptable derivative" means any
non-toxic salt, ester, salt of an ester, prodrug, salt of a
prodrug, or other derivative of a compound of the present
description that, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of
providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of the present
description or an inhibitory active metabolite or residue
thereof.
[0128] As used herein, the term "inhibitory active metabolite or
residue thereof" means that a metabolite or residue thereof is also
an inhibitor of one or more bromodomain-containing protein(s) (such
as a BET protein, e.g., BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or BRDT), or a mutant
thereof.
[0129] Compositions described herein may be administered orally,
parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally,
buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir. The term
"parenteral" as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous,
intramuscular, intraarticular, intrasynovial, intrasternal,
intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial injection
or infusion techniques. Other modes of administration also include
intradermal or transdermal administration.
[0130] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are
not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions,
microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In
addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may
contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for
example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and
emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl
carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate,
propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in
particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and
sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene
glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include
adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending
agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
[0131] Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable
aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to
the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and
suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a
sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic
parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a
solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and
solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P.
and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed
oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including
synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as
oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
[0132] Injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by
filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by
incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid
compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water
or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
[0133] In order to prolong the effect of a provided compound, it is
often desirable to slow the absorption of the compound from
subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished
by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous
material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the
compound then depends upon its rate of dissolution that, in turn,
may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively,
delayed absorption of a parenterally administered compound form is
accomplished by dissolving or suspending the compound in an oil
vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule
matrices of the compound in biodegradable polymers such as
polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of compound to
polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate
of compound release can be controlled.
[0134] Examples of other biodegradable polymers include
poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable
formulations are also prepared by entrapping the compound in
liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body
tissues.
[0135] Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are
preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the
compounds of the present description with suitable non-irritating
excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or
a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid
at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal
cavity and release the active compound.
[0136] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules,
tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms,
the active compound is mixed with at least one inert,
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium
citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such
as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid,
b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates,
gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone (PVP), sucrose, and acacia, c)
humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as
agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic
acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution
retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such
as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for
example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents
such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc,
calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols,
sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of
capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise
buffering agents.
[0137] Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as
fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such
excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular
weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The solid dosage forms of
tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared
with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other
coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may
optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a
composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or
preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract,
optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions
that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid
compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in
soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as
lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene
glycols and the like.
[0138] Provided compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form
with one or more excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms
of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared
with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release
controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the
pharmaceutical formulating art. In such solid dosage forms the
active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such
as sucrose, lactose or starch.
[0139] Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice,
additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting
lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and
microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets and
pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They
may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a
composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or
preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract,
optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions
that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
[0140] Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a
compound of the present description include ointments, pastes,
creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or
patches.
[0141] The active component is admixed under sterile conditions
with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed
preservatives or buffers as may be required. Ophthalmic
formulation, ear drops, and eye drops are also contemplated as
being within the scope of the present description.
[0142] Additionally, the description contemplates the use of
transdermal patches, which have the added advantage of providing
controlled delivery of a compound to the body. Such dosage forms
can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper
medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux
of the compound across the skin. The rate can be controlled by
either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the
compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
[0143] Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions provided herein may
also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such
compositions are prepared according to techniques well-known in the
art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions
in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable
preservatives, absorption promotors to enhance bioavailability,
fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersing
agents.
[0144] Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions provided herein may
be formulated for oral administration. Such formulations may be
administered with or without food. In some embodiments,
pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this disclosure are
administered without food. In other embodiments, pharmaceutically
acceptable compositions of this disclosure are administered with
food.
[0145] The amount of provided compounds that may be combined with
carrier materials to produce a composition in a single dosage form
will vary depending upon the patient to be treated and the
particular mode of administration. Provided compositions may be
formulate such that a dosage of between 0.01-100 mg/kg body
weight/day of the inhibitor can be administered to a patient
receiving these compositions.
[0146] It should also be understood that a specific dosage and
treatment regimen for any particular patient will depend upon a
variety of factors, including age, body weight, general health,
sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug
combination, the judgment of the treating physician, and the
severity of the particular disease being treated. The amount of a
provided compound in the composition will also depend upon the
particular compound in the composition. Compounds or compositions
described herein may be administered using any amount and any route
of administration effective for treating or lessening the severity
of the disorders or diseases as contemplated herein. The exact
amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the
species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of
the infection, the particular agent, its mode of administration,
and the like. Provided compounds are preferably formulated in unit
dosage form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
The expression "unit dosage form" as used herein refers to a
physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be
treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage
of the compounds and compositions of the present disclosure will be
decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound
medical judgment. The specific effective dose level for any
particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of
factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of
the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the
specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general
health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration,
route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific
compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in
combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed,
and like factors well known in the medical arts.
[0147] Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this disclosure
can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally,
parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally,
topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), buccally, as an
oral or nasal spray, or the like, depending on the severity of the
infection being treated. In certain embodiments, provided compounds
may be administered orally or parenterally at dosage levels of
about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg and preferably from about 1
mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or
more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
[0148] Compounds and compositions described herein are generally
useful for the inhibition of activity of one or more proteins
involved in epigenetic regulation. Thus, in some embodiments, the
present description provides a method of inhibiting one or more
proteins involved in epigenetic regulation, such as proteins
containing acetyl-lysine recognition motifs, also known as
bromodomains (e.g., BET proteins, such as BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or
BRDT), by administering a provided compound or composition.
[0149] Examples of proteins inhibited by the compounds and
compositions described herein and against which the methods
described herein are useful include bromodomain-containing
proteins, such as BET proteins, such as BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or
BRDT, or an isoform or mutant thereof. The activity of a provided
compound, or composition thereof, as an inhibitor of a
bromodomain-containing protein, such as a BET protein, such as
BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or BRDT, or an isoform or mutant thereof, may
be assayed in vitro, in vivo, or in a cell line. In vitro assays
include assays that determine inhibition of bromodomain-containing
proteins, such as BET proteins, such as BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or
BRDT, or a mutant thereof. Alternatively, inhibitor binding may be
determined by running a competition experiment where a provided
compound is incubated with a bromodomain-containing protein, such
as a BET protein, such as BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or BRDT bound to
known ligands, labeled or unlabeled. Detailed conditions for
assaying a provided compound as an inhibitor of a
bromodomain-containing protein, such as a BET protein, such as
BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or BRDT or a mutant thereof.
[0150] The present description provides for a method of treating a
subject with a MYC-dependent cancer, comprising: identifying a
subject in need of treatment; administering to the subject a BET
inhibitor; determining at least one of MYC mRNA expression, MYC
protein expression and tumor mass, and wherein following
administration, there is a decrease in at least one of MYC mRNA
expression, MYC protein expression and tumor mass, thereby treating
the disease.
[0151] In one embodiment, the identification step comprises
determining whether the subject has at least one of a MYC
translocation, a genetic rearrangement of MYC, MYC amplification,
MYC over-expression and at least one cellular function that
facilitates cellular and/or tumor growth and is altered upon
reduction of MYC mRNA or protein expression.
[0152] The present description also provides for a method of
treating a subject with a MYC-dependent cancer, comprising:
determining at least one of MYC mRNA expression, MYC protein
expression and tumor mass; administering to the subject a BET
inhibitor; and comparing at least one of MYC mRNA expression, MYC
protein expression and tumor mass in the subject before and after
administration of the BET inhibitor.
[0153] The present description also provides a method of treating a
subject with a MYC-dependent cancer, comprising: administering to
the subject a BET inhibitor that is identified as capable of
decreasing at least one of MYC mRNA expression, MYC protein
expression and tumor mass; and determining at least one of MYC mRNA
expression, MYC protein expression and tumor mass; wherein
following the administration, there is a decrease in at least one
of MYC mRNA expression, MYC protein expression and tumor mass,
thereby treating the disease.
[0154] The present description also provides for a method of
treating a subject with a disease, comprising: administering a BET
inhibitor that is identified as capable of decreasing at least one
of MYC mRNA expression, MYC protein expression and tumor mass,
wherein following the administration, there is a decrease in at
least one of MYC mRNA expression, MYC protein expression and tumor
mass, thereby treating the disease.
[0155] Acetylated histone recognition and bromodomain-containing
proteins (such as BET proteins) have been implicated in
proliferative disease. BRD4 knockout mice die shortly after
implantation and are compromised in their ability to maintain an
inner cell mass, and heterozygotes display pre- and postnatal
growth defects associated with reduced proliferation rates. BRD4
regulates genes expressed during M/GI, including growth-associated
genes, and remains bound to chromatin throughout the cell cycle
(Dey, et al. (2009) Mol. Biol. Cell 20:4899-4909). BRD4 also
physically associates with Mediator and P-TEFb (CDK9/cyclin TI) to
facilitate transcriptional elongation (Yang, et al. (2005) Oncogene
24:1653-1662; Yang, et al. (2005) Mol. Cell 19:535-545). CDK9 is a
validated target in chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), and is
linked to c-MYC-dependent transcription (Phelps, et al. Blood
113:2637-2645; Rahl, et al. (2010) Cell 141:432-445).
[0156] BRD4 is translocated to the NUT protein in patients with
lethal midline carcinoma, an aggressive form of human squamous
carcinoma (French, et al. (2001) Am. J. Pathol. 159:1987-1992;
French, et al. (2003) Cancer Res. 63:304-307). In vitro analysis
with RNAi supports a causal role for BRD4 in this recurrent
t(15;19) chromosomal translocation. Pharmacologic inhibition of the
BRD4 bromodomains results in growth arrest/differentiation of
BRD4-NUT cell lines in vitro and in vivo (Filippakopoulos, et al.
"Selective Inhibition of BET Bromodomains," Nature (published
online Sep. 24, 2010)).
[0157] Bromodomain-containing proteins (such as BET proteins) have
also been implicated in inflammatory diseases. BET proteins {e.g.,
BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and BRDT) regulate assembly of histone
acetylation-dependent chromatin complexes that control inflammatory
gene expression (Hargreaves, et al. (2009) Cell 138:129-145; LeRoy,
et al. (2008) Mol. Cell 30:51-60; Jang, et al. (2005) Mol. Cell
19:523-534; Yang, et al. (2005) Mol. Cell 19:535-545). Key
inflammatory genes (secondary response genes) are down-regulated
upon bromodomain inhibition of the BET subfamily, and
non-responsive genes (primary response genes) are poised for
transcription. BET bromodomain inhibition protects against
LPS-induced endotoxic shock and bacteria-induced sepsis in vivo
(Nicodeme, et al. "Suppression of Inflammation by a Synthetic
Histone Mimic," Nature (published online Nov. 10, 2010)).
[0158] Bromodomain-containing proteins (such as BET proteins) also
play a role in viral disease. For example, BRD4 is implicated in
human papilloma virus (HPV). In the primary phase of HPV infection
of basal epithelia, the viral genome is maintained in an
extra-chromosomal episome. In some strains of HPV, BRD4 binding to
the HPV E2 protein functions to tether the viral genome to
chromosomes. E2 is critical for both the repression of E6/E7 and te
activation of HPV viral genes. Disruption of BRD4 or the BRD4-E2
interaction blocks E2-dependent gene activation. BRD4 also
functions to tether other classes of viral genomes to host
chromatin (e.g., Herpesvirus, Epstein-Barr virus).
[0159] In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits one or
more of BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, BRDT, and/or another member of the
bromodomain-containing proteins, or a mutant thereof. In some
embodiments, a provided compound inhibits two or more of BRD2,
BRD3, BRD4, BRDT, and/or another member of the
bromodomain-containing proteins, or a mutant thereof. Provided
compounds are inhibitors of one of more of the
bromodomain-containing proteins, such as BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or
BRDT and are therefore useful for treating one or more disorders
associated with activity of one or more of the
bromodomain-containing proteins, such as BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or
BRDT. Thus, in certain embodiments, the present description
provides a method for treating an bromodomain-containing
protein-mediated disorder, such as a BET-mediated, a BRD2-mediated,
a BRD3-mediated, a BRD4-mediated disorder, and/or a BRDT-mediated
disorder comprising the step of inhibiting a bromodomain-containing
protein, such as a BET protein, such as BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or
BRDT, or a mutant thereof, by administering to a patient in need
thereof a provided compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable
composition thereof.
[0160] As used herein, the terms "bromodomain-containing
protein-mediated", "BET-mediated", "BRD2-mediated",
"BRD3-mediated", "BRD4-mediated", and/or "BRDT-mediated" disorders
or conditions means any disease or other deleterious condition in
which one or more of the bromodomain-containing proteins, such as
BET proteins, such as BRD2, BRD3, BRD4 and/or BRDT, or a mutant
thereof, are known to play a role.
[0161] In some embodiments, the BET family bromodomain can be BRD2,
BRD3 or BRD4.
[0162] Accordingly, another embodiment of the present description
relates to treating or lessening the severity of one or more
diseases in which one or more of the bromodomain-containing
proteins, such as BET proteins, such as BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or
BRDT, or a mutant thereof, are known to play a role.
[0163] Diseases and conditions treatable according to the methods
of the present description include, but are not limited to, cancer
and other proliferative disorders, inflammatory diseases, sepsis,
autoimmune disease, and viral infection. Thus one aspect is a
method of treating a subject having a disease, disorder, or symptom
thereof the method including administration of a compound or
composition herein to the subject. In one embodiment, a human
patient is treated with a compound of the present description and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle, wherein
said compound is present in an amount to measurably inhibit
bromodomain-containing protein activity (such as BET protein, e.g.,
BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or BRDT) in the patient.
[0164] The present description further relates to the use of
provided compounds for the production of pharmaceutical
compositions which are employed for the treatment and/or
prophylaxis and/or amelioration of the diseases, disorders,
illnesses and/or conditions as mentioned herein.
[0165] The present description further relates to the use of
provided compounds for the production of pharmaceutical
compositions which are employed for the treatment and/or
prophylaxis of diseases and/or disorders responsive or sensitive to
the inhibition of bromodomain-containing proteins, particularly
those diseases mentioned above, such as e.g. cancer, inflammatory
disease, viral disease.
[0166] According to some embodiments, the present description
relates to a method of inhibiting bromodomain-containing proteins
in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said
biological sample with a provided compound, or a composition
thereof.
[0167] According to some embodiments, the present description
relates to a method of inhibiting a bromodomain-containing protein,
such as a BET protein, such as BRD2, BRD3, BRD4 and/or BRDT, or a
mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample comprising the step
of contacting said biological sample with a provided compound, or a
composition thereof.
[0168] The term "biological sample", as used herein, includes,
without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof, biopsied
material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof, and blood,
saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or
extracts thereof.
[0169] Inhibition of activity of a protein, e.g., a
bromodomain-containing protein such as a BET protein (e.g. BRD2,
BRD3, BRD4 and/or BRDT), or a mutant thereof, in a biological
sample is useful for a variety of purposes that are known to one of
skill in the art. Examples of such purposes include, but are not
limited to, blood transfusion, organ-transplantation, biological
specimen storage, and biological assays.
[0170] According to another embodiment, the present description
relates to a method of inhibiting activity of one or more
bromodomain-containing protein, such as a BET protein, such as
BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or BRDT, or a mutant thereof, in a patient
comprising the step of administering to said patient a provided
compound, or a composition comprising said compound. In certain
embodiments, the present description provides a method for treating
a disorder mediated by one or more bromodomain-containing proteins,
such as a BET protein, such as BRD2, BRD3, BRD4, and/or BRDT, or a
mutant thereof, in a patient in need thereof, comprising the step
of administering to said patient a provided compound or
pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof. Such disorders are
described in detail herein.
[0171] Depending upon the particular condition, or disease, to be
treated, additional therapeutic agents that are normally
administered to treat that condition may also be present in the
compositions of this disclosure or administered separately as a
part of a dosage regimen. As used herein, additional therapeutic
agents that are normally administered to treat a particular
disease, or condition, are known as "appropriate for the disease,
or condition, being treated."
[0172] In some embodiments, the composition of a compound or
compounds described herein can be in combination with an additional
therapeutic agent.
[0173] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an
epigenetic drug. As used herein, the term "epigenetic drug" refers
to a therapeutic agent that targets an epigenetic regulator.
Examples of epigenetic regulators include the histone lysine
methyltransferases, histone arginine methyl transferases, histone
demethylases, histone deacetylases, histone acetylases, and DNA
methyltransferases. Histone deacetylase inhibitors include, but are
not limited to, vorinostat.
[0174] Other therapies, chemotherapeutic agents, or other
anti-proliferative agents may be combined with a provided compound
to treat proliferative diseases and cancer. Examples of therapies
or anticancer agents that may be used in combination with compounds
herein described include surgery, radiotherapy (e.g.,
gamma-radiation, neutron beam radiotherapy, electron beam
radiotherapy, proton therapy, brachytherapy, and systemic
radioactive isotopes), endocrine therapy, a biologic response
modifier (e.g., an interferon, an interleukin, tumor necrosis
factor (TNF), hyperthermia and cryotherapy, an agent to attenuate
any adverse effects (e.g., an antiemetic), and any other approved
chemotherapeutic drug.
[0175] A provided compound may also be used to advantage in
combination with one or more antiproliferative compounds. Such
antiproliferative compounds include an aromatase inhibitor; an
anti-estrogen; an anti-androgen; a gonadorelin agonist; a
topoisomerase I inhibitor; a topoisomerase II inhibitor; a
microtubule active agent; an alkylating agent; a retinoid, a
carotenoid, or a tocopherol; a cyclooxygenase inhibitor; an MMP
inhibitor; an mTOR inhibitor; an antimetabolite; a platin compound;
a methionine aminopeptidase inhibitor; a bisphosphonate; an
antiproliferative antibody; a heparanase inhibitor; an inhibitor of
Ras oncogenic isoforms; a telomerase inhibitor; a proteasome
inhibitor; a compound used in the treatment of hematologic
malignancies; a Flt-3 inhibitor; an Hsp90 inhibitor; a kinesin
spindle protein inhibitor; a MEK inhibitor; an antitumor
antibiotic; a nitrosourea; a compound targeting/decreasing protein
or lipid kinase activity, a compound targeting/decreasing protein
or lipid phosphatase activity, or any further anti-angiogenic
compound.
[0176] Exemplary aromatase inhibitors include steroids, such as
atamestane, exemestane and formestane, and non-steroids, such as
aminoglutethimide, rogletimide, pyridoglutethimide, trilostane,
testolactone, ketoconazole, vorozole, fadrozole, anastrozole and
letrozole.
[0177] Exemplary anti-estrogens include tamoxifen, fulvestrant,
raloxifene and raloxifene hydrochloride. Anti-androgens include,
but are not limited to, bicalutamide. Gonadorelin agonists include,
but are not limited to, abarelix, goserelin and goserelin
acetate.
[0178] Exemplary topoisomerase I inhibitors include topotecan,
gimatecan, irinotecan, camptothecin and its analogues,
9-nitrocamptothecin and the macromolecular camptothecin conjugate
PNU-166148. Topoisomerase II inhibitors include, but are not
limited to, the anthracyclines such as doxorubicin, daunorubicin,
epirubicin, idarubicin and nemorubicin, the anthraquinones
mitoxantrone and losoxantrone, and the podophillotoxins etoposide
and teniposide.
[0179] Exemplary microtubule active agents include microtubule
stabilizing, microtubule destabilizing compounds and microtubulin
polymerization inhibitors including, but not limited to taxanes,
such as paclitaxel and docetaxel; vinca alkaloids, such as
vinblastine or vinblastine sulfate, vincristine or vincristine
sulfate, and vinorelbine; discodermolides; colchicine and
epothilones and derivatives thereof.
[0180] Exemplary alkylating agents include cyclophosphamide,
ifosfamide, melphalan or nitrosoureas such as carmustine and
lomustine.
[0181] Exemplary cyclooxygenase inhibitors include Cox-2
inhibitors, 5-alkyl substituted 2-arylaminophenylacetic acid and
derivatives, such as celecoxib, rofecoxib, etoricoxib, valdecoxib
or a 5-alkyl-2-arylaminophenylacetic acid, such as lumiracoxib.
[0182] Exemplary matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors ("MMP
inhibitors") include collagen peptidomimetic and non-peptidomimetic
inhibitors, tetracycline derivatives, batimastat, marimastat,
prinomastat, metastat, BMS-279251, BAY 12-9566, TAA211, MMI270B,
and AAJ996.
[0183] Exemplary mTOR inhibitors include compounds that inhibit the
mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) and possess antiproliferative
activity such as sirolimus, everolimus, CCI-779, and ABT578.
[0184] Exemplary antimetabolites include 5-fluorouracil (5-FU),
capecitabine, gemcitabine, DNA demethylating compounds, such as
5-azacytidine and decitabine, methotrexate and edatrexate, and
folic acid antagonists such as pemetrexed.
[0185] Exemplary platin-containing compounds include carboplatin,
cisplatin, nedaplatin, and oxaliplatin.
[0186] Exemplary methionine aminopeptidase inhibitors include
bengamide or a derivative thereof and PPI-2458.
[0187] Exemplary bisphosphonates include etidronic acid, clodronic
acid, tiludronic acid, pamidronic acid, alendronic acid, ibandronic
acid, risedronic acid and zoledronic acid.
[0188] Exemplary antiproliferative antibodies include trastuzumab,
trastuzumab-DMI, cetuximab, bevacizumab, rituximab, PR064553, and
2C4. The term "antibody" is meant to include intact monoclonal
antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies formed
from at least two intact antibodies, and antibody fragments, so
long as they exhibit the desired biological activity.
[0189] Exemplary heparanase inhibitors include compounds that
target, decrease or inhibit heparin sulfate degradation, such as
PI-88 and OGT2115.
[0190] The term "an inhibitor of Ras oncogenic isoforms," such as
H-Ras, K-Ras, or N-Ras, as used herein refers to a compound which
targets, decreases, or inhibits the oncogenic activity of Ras; for
example, a farnesyl transferase inhibitor such as L-744832,
DK8G557, tipifarnib, and lonafarnib.
[0191] Exemplary telomerase inhibitors include compounds that
target, decrease or inhibit the activity of telomerase, such as
compounds which inhibit the telomerase receptor, such as
telomestatin.
[0192] Exemplary proteasome inhibitors include compounds that
target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome
including, but not limited to, bortezomib.
[0193] The phrase "compounds used in the treatment of hematologic
malignancies" as used herein includes FMS-like tyrosine kinase
inhibitors, which are compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting
the activity of FMS-like tyrosine kinase receptors (Flt-3R);
interferon, 1-.beta.-D-arabinofuransylcytosine (ara-c) and
busulfan; and ALK inhibitors, which are compounds which target,
decrease or inhibit anaplastic lymphoma kinase.
[0194] Exemplary Flt-3 inhibitors include PKC412, midostaurin, a
staurosporine derivative, SU11248 and MLN518.
[0195] Exemplary HSP90 inhibitors include compounds targeting,
decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90;
degrading, targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the HSP90 client
proteins via the ubiquitin proteosome pathway. Compounds targeting,
decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90 are
especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit the
ATPase activity of HSP90, such as 17-allylamino,
17-demethoxygeldanamycin (17AAG), a geldanamycin derivative; other
geldanamycin related compounds; radicicol and HDAC inhibitors.
[0196] The phrase "a compound targeting/decreasing a protein or
lipid kinase activity; or a protein or lipid phosphatase activity;
or any further anti-angiogenic compound" as used herein includes a
protein tyrosine kinase and/or serine and/or threonine kinase
inhibitor or lipid kinase inhibitor, such as a) a compound
targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the
platelet-derived growth factor-receptors (PDGFR), such as a
compound which targets, decreases, or inhibits the activity of
PDGFR, such as an N-phenyl-2-pyrimidine-amine derivatives, such as
imatinib, SU101, SU6668 and GFB-111; b) a compound targeting,
decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the fibroblast growth
factor-receptors (FGFR); c) a compound targeting, decreasing or
inhibiting the activity of the insulin-like growth factor receptor
I (IGF-IR), such as a compound which targets, decreases, or
inhibits the activity of IGF-IR; d) a compound targeting,
decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Trk receptor tyrosine
kinase family, or ephrin B4 inhibitors; e) a compound targeting,
decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Axl receptor tyrosine
kinase family; f) a compound targeting, decreasing or inhibiting
the activity of the Ret receptor tyrosine kinase; g) a compound
targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Kit/SCFR
receptor tyrosine kinase, such as imatinib; h) a compound
targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the c-Kit
receptor tyrosine kinases, such as imatinib; i) a compound
targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of members of the
c-Abl family, their gene-fusion products (e.g. Bcr-Abl kinase) and
mutants, such as an N-phenyl-2-pyrimidine-amine derivative, such as
imatinib or nilotinib; PD180970; AG957; NSC 680410; PD173955; or
dasatinib; j) a compound targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the
activity of members of the protein kinase C (PKC) and Raf family of
serine/threonine kinases, members of the MEK, SRC, JAK, FAK, PDK1,
PKB/Akt, and Ras/MAPK family members, and/or members of the
cyclin-dependent kinase family (CDK), such as a staurosporine
derivative disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,330, such as
midostaurin; examples of further compounds include UCN-01,
safingol, BAY 43-9006, bryostatin 1, perifosine; ilmofosine; RO
318220 and RO 320432; GO 6976; ISIS 3521; LY333531/LY379196; a
isochinoline compound; a farnesyl transferase inhibitor; PD184352
or QAN697, or AT7519; k) a compound targeting, decreasing or
inhibiting the activity of a protein-tyrosine kinase, such as
imatinib mesylate or a tyrphostin such as Tyrphostin A23/RG-50810;
AG 99; Tyrphostin AG 213; Tyrphostin AG 1748; Tyrphostin AG 490;
Tyrphostin B44; Tyrphostin B44 (+) enantiomer; Tyrphostin AG 555;
AG 494; Tyrphostin AG 556, AG957 and adaphostin
(4-{[(2,5-dihydroxyphenyl)methyl] amino}-benzoic acid adamantyl
ester; NSC 680410, adaphostin); 1) a compound targeting, decreasing
or inhibiting the activity of the epidermal growth factor family of
receptor tyrosine kinases (EGFR, ErbB2, ErbB3, ErbB4 as homo- or
heterodimers) and their mutants, such as CP 358774, ZD 1839, ZM
105180; trastuzumab, cetuximab, gefitinib, erlotinib, OSI-774,
CI-1033, EKB-569, GW-2016, antibodies EI.I, E2.4, E2.5, E6.2, E6.4,
E2I.I, E6.3 and E7.6.3, and 7H-pyrrolo-[2,3-d]pyrimidine
derivatives; and m) a compound targeting, decreasing or inhibiting
the activity of the c-Met receptor.
[0197] Exemplary compounds that target, decrease or inhibit the
activity of a protein or lipid phosphatase include inhibitors of
phosphatase 1, phosphatase 2A, or CDC25, such as okadaic acid or a
derivative thereof.
[0198] Further anti-angiogenic compounds include compounds having
another mechanism for their activity unrelated to protein or lipid
kinase inhibition, e.g. thalidomide and TNP-470.
[0199] Additional exemplary chemotherapeutic compounds, one or more
of which may be used in combination with provided compounds,
include: daunorubicin, adriamycin, Ara-C, VP-16, teniposide,
mitoxantrone, idarubicin, carboplatinum, PKC412, 6-mercaptopurine
(6-MP), fludarabine phosphate, octreotide, SOM230, FTY720,
6-thioguanine, cladribine, 6-mercaptopurine, pentostatin,
hydroxyurea, 2-hydroxy-IH-isoindole-1,3-dione
derivatives,l-(4-chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
l-(4-chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine succinate,
angiostatin, endostatin, anthranilic acid amides, ZD4190, ZD6474,
SU5416, SU6668, bevacizumab, rhuMAb, rhuFab, macugen; FLT-4
inhibitors, FLT-3 inhibitors, VEGFR-2 IgGI antibody, RPI 4610,
bevacizumab, porfimer sodium, anecortave, triamcinolone,
hydrocortisone, 11.alpha.-epihydrocotisol, cortexolone,
17.alpha.-hydroxyprogesterone, corticosterone,
desoxycorticosterone, testosterone, estrone, dexamethasone,
fluocinolone, a plant alkaloid, a hormonal compound and/or
antagonist, a biological response modifier, such as a lymphokine or
interferon, an antisense oligonucleotide or oligonucleotide
derivative, shRNA or siRNA, or a miscellaneous compound or compound
with other or unknown mechanism of action.
[0200] For a more comprehensive discussion of updated cancer
therapies see: The Merck Manual, 17.sup.thEd. 1999. See also the
National Cancer Institute (CNI) website (www.nci.nih.gov) and the
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) website for a list of the FDA
approved oncology drugs.
[0201] Other examples of additional therapeutic agents, one or more
of which a provided compound may also be combined with include: a
treatment for Alzheimer's Disease such as donepezil and
rivastigmine; a treatment for Parkinson's Disease such as
L-DOPA/carbidopa, entacapone, ropinirole, pramipexole,
bromocriptine, pergolide, trihexyphenidyl, and amantadine; an agent
for treating multiple sclerosis (MS) such as beta interferon {e.g.,
Avonex.RTM. and Rebif.RTM.), glatiramer acetate, and mitoxantrone;
a treatment for asthma such as albuterol and montelukast; an agent
for treating schizophrenia such as zyprexa, risperdal, seroquel,
and haloperidol; an anti-inflammatory agent such as a
corticosteroid, a TNF blocker, IL-1 RA, azathioprine,
cyclophosphamide, and sulfasalazine; an immunomodulatory agent,
including immunosuppressive agents, such as cyclosporin,
tacrolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, an interferon, a
corticosteroid, cyclophosphamide, azathioprine, and sulfasalazine;
a neurotrophic factor such as an acetylcholinesterase inhibitor, an
MAO inhibitor, an interferon, an anti-convulsant, an ion channel
blocker, riluzole, or an anti-Parkinson's agent; an agent for
treating cardiovascular disease such as a beta-blocker, an ACE
inhibitor, a diuretic, a nitrate, a calcium channel blocker, or a
statin; an agent for treating liver disease such as a
corticosteroid, cholestyramine, an interferon, and an anti-viral
agent; an agent for treating blood disorders such as a
corticosteroid, an anti-leukemic agent, or a growth factor; or an
agent for treating immunodeficiency disorders such as gamma
globulin.
[0202] The above-mentioned compounds, one or more of which can be
used in combination with a provided compound, can be prepared and
administered as described in the art.
[0203] Provided compounds can be administered alone or in
combination with one or more other therapeutic compounds, possible
combination therapy taking the form of fixed combinations or the
administration of a provided compound and one or more other
therapeutic compounds being staggered or given independently of one
another, or the combined administration of fixed combinations and
one or more other therapeutic compounds. Provided compounds can
besides or in addition be administered especially for tumor therapy
in combination with chemotherapy, radiotherapy, immunotherapy,
phototherapy, surgical intervention, or a combination of these.
Long-term therapy is equally possible as is adjuvant therapy in the
context of other treatment strategies, as described above. Other
possible treatments are therapy to maintain the patient's status
after tumor regression, or even chemopreventive therapy, for
example in patients at risk.
[0204] Such additional agents may be administered separately from a
composition containing a provided compound, as part of a multiple
dosage regimen. Alternatively, those agents may be part of a single
dosage form, mixed together with a provided compound in a single
composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regimen,
the two active agents may be submitted simultaneously, sequentially
or within a period of time from one another normally within five
hours from one another.
[0205] Upon improvement of a subject's condition, a maintenance
dose of a compound, composition or combination of the present
description may be administered, if necessary. Subsequently, the
dosage or frequency of administration, or both, may be reduced, as
a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved
condition is retained when the symptoms have been alleviated to the
desired level, treatment should cease. The subject may, however,
require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any
recurrence of disease symptoms.
[0206] It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage
of the compounds and compositions of the present description will
be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound
medical judgment. The specific inhibitory dose for any particular
patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the
disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the
activity of the specific compound employed; the specific
composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and
diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of
administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound
employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination
or coincidental with the specific compound employed; and like
factors well known in the medical arts.
[0207] The total daily inhibitory dose of the compounds of the
present description administered to a subject in single or in
divided doses can be in amounts, for example, from 0.01 to 50 mg/kg
body weight or more usually from 0.1 to 25 mg/kg body weight.
Single dose compositions may contain such amounts or submultiples
thereof to make up the daily dose. In one embodiment, treatment
regimens according to the present description comprise
administration to a patient in need of such treatment from about 10
mg to about 1000 mg of the compound(s) of the present description
per day in single or multiple doses.
[0208] As used herein, the term "combination," "combined," and
related terms refers to the simultaneous or sequential
administration of therapeutic agents in accordance with the present
description. For example, a provided compound may be administered
with another therapeutic agent simultaneously or sequentially in
separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage
form. Accordingly, an embodiment of the present description
provides a single unit dosage form comprising a provided compound,
an additional therapeutic agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable
carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle for use in the methods of the present
description.
[0209] The amount of both, a provided compound and additional
therapeutic agent (in those compositions which comprise an
additional therapeutic agent as described above) that may be
combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form
will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode
of administration. Preferably, compositions should be formulated
such that a dosage of between 0.01-100 mg/kg body weight/day of a
provided compound can be administered.
[0210] In those compositions which comprise an additional
therapeutic agent, that additional therapeutic agent and the
provided compound may act synergistically. Therefore, the amount of
additional therapeutic agent in such compositions will be less than
that required in a monotherapy utilizing only that therapeutic
agent. In such compositions a dosage of between 0.01-1,000 g/kg
body weight/day of the additional therapeutic agent can be
administered.
[0211] The amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the
compositions of this disclosure will be no more than the amount
that would normally be administered in a composition comprising
that therapeutic agent as the only active agent. Preferably the
amount of additional therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed
compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount
normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only
therapeutically active agent.
[0212] Provided compounds, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof,
may also be incorporated into compositions for coating an
implantable medical device, such as prostheses, artificial valves,
vascular grafts, stents and catheters. Vascular stents, for
example, have been used to overcome restenosis (re-narrowing of the
vessel wall after injury). However, patients using stents or other
implantable devices risk clot formation or platelet activation.
These unwanted effects may be prevented or mitigated by pre-coating
the device with a pharmaceutically acceptable composition
comprising a provided compound. Implantable devices coated with a
compound of the present description are another embodiment of the
present description.
[0213] In another aspect, the present description provides a method
of method of synthesizing a compound of any of the formulae herein.
Another embodiment is a method of making a compound of any of the
formulae herein using any one, or combination of, reactions
delineated herein. The method can include the use of one or more
intermediates or chemical reagents delineated herein.
[0214] The recitation of a listing of chemical groups in any
definition of a variable herein includes definitions of that
variable as any single group or combination of listed groups. The
recitation of an embodiment for a variable herein includes that
embodiment as any single embodiment or in combination with any
other embodiments or portions thereof. The recitation of an
embodiment herein includes that embodiment as any single embodiment
or in combination with any other embodiments or portions
thereof.
EXAMPLES
[0215] The Examples set forth herein below provide syntheses and
experimental results obtained for certain exemplary compounds.
Unless otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of
ingredients, reaction conditions, concentrations, properties,
stabilities, and so forth used in the specification and claims are
to be understood as being modified in all instances by the term
"about." At the very least, each numerical parameter should at
least be construed in light of the number of reported significant
digits and by applying ordinary rounding techniques. Accordingly,
unless indicated to the contrary, the numerical parameters set
forth in the present specification and attached claims are
approximations that may vary depending upon the properties sought
to be obtained. Notwithstanding that the numerical ranges and
parameters setting forth the broad scope of the embodiments are
approximations, the numerical values set forth in the specific
examples are reported as precisely as possible. Any numerical
value, however, inherently contain certain errors resulting from
variations in experiments, testing measurements, statistical
analyses and such.
[0216] The following is to be construed as merely illustrative, and
not limitations of the preceding disclosure in any way whatsoever.
Those skilled in the art will promptly recognize appropriate
variations from the procedures both as to reactants and as to
reaction conditions and techniques.
[0217] In some cases, starting materials or intermediates may be
commercially available. Commercial material may be generally
available from known sources, for example, Sigma-Aldrich, Bachem,
Lancaster, Alfa Aesar, etc.
Chemical Synthesis of Exemplary Compounds
General:
[0218] All temperatures are in degrees Celsius (.degree. C.) and
are uncorrected. Reagent grade chemicals and anhydrous solvent were
purchased from commercial sources and unless otherwise mentioned,
were used without further purification The names of the products
were determined using the naming software included in the Contour
Software AB electronic lab notebook iLabber.TM. version
4.11.3075.18678. Flash chromatography was performed on Teledyne
Isco instruments using pre-packaged disposable SiO.sub.2 stationary
phase columns with eluent flow rate range of 5 to 300 mL/min, UV
detection (254 and 280 nm). Unless otherwise indicated, HPLC
purifications were performed on a Gilson.TM. HPLC with a Phenomenex
Gemini.TM. column, C18, 150:30 mm, 5 micron, eluting at 40 mL/min
with mixtures of MeOH and water containing 0.1%
(NH.sub.4).sub.2CO.sub.3 (high pH), or mixtures of MeCN and water
containing 0.1% formic acid (low pH). Chiral isomer separations
were performed, for instance, on a Minigram Semi-Preparative
SFC.TM. from Mettler-Toledo. Analytical HPLC chromatograms were
performed using an Agilent 1100 series instrument. The mass spectra
were recorded with a Waters Micromass ZQ.TM. detector at
120.degree. C. The mass spectrometer was equipped with an
electrospray ion source (ESI) operated in a positive ion mode and
was set to scan between m/z 150-750 with a scan time of 0.3 s.
Products and intermediates were analyzed by HPLC/MS on a
X-Bridge.TM. C.sub.18, (3.5 .mu.M, 2.10.times.30 mm) using a high
pH buffer gradient of 5% to 95% of MeOH in H.sub.2O (0.03%
(NH.sub.4).sub.2CO.sub.3/0.375% NH.sub.4OH) over 4.5 min at 1
mL/min for a 6 min run. The .sup.1H NMR spectra were recorded on a
Bruker UltraShield.TM. 500 MHz/54 mm instrument (BZH 43/500/70B,
D221/54-3209) or on a Bruker Ultra Shield Avance 400 MHz/5 mm Probe
(BBFO). The chemical shifts are reported in part-per-million from a
tetramethylsilane standard.
[0219] As used herein, the following abbreviations may have the
following meanings:
ABBREVIATION TERM
[0220] AcOH Acetic acid [0221] BF.sub.3.Et.sub.2O Boron trifluoride
diethyl etherate [0222] CDCl.sub.3 Deuterated chloroform [0223]
CHCl.sub.3 Chloroform [0224] m-CPBA 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid
[0225] Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 Cesium carbonate [0226] d Day(s) [0227] DCE
1,2-dichloroethane [0228] DCM Dichloromethane [0229] DEA
Diethylamine [0230] DIPEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine [0231] DME
1,2-dimethoxyethane [0232] DMF N,N-dimethyl formamide [0233] DMSO
Dimethylsulfoxide [0234] Et.sub.2O Diethyl ether [0235] EtOAc Ethyl
acetate [0236] Et.sub.3SiH Triethylsilane [0237] h Hour(s) [0238]
HATU
(dimethylamino)-N,N-dimethyl(3H-[1,2,3]triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)met-
haniminium hexafluorophosphate [0239] HCl Hydrochloric acid [0240]
HNO.sub.3 Nitric Acid [0241] HPLC High-performance liquid
chromatography [0242] H.sub.2SO.sub.4 Sulfuric Acid [0243] IPA
Isopropanol [0244] K.sub.2CO.sub.3 Potassium carbonate [0245] KOH
Potassium hydroxide [0246] LaCl.sub.3.2LiCl Lanthanum(III) chloride
bis(lithium chloride) complex [0247] LC-MS Liquid chromatography
mass spectrum [0248] LiOH.H.sub.2O Lithium hydroxide monohydrate
[0249] min Minute(s) [0250] MeCN Acetonitrile [0251] MeOD
Deuterated methanol [0252] MeOH Methanol [0253] MgSO.sub.4
Magnesium sulfate [0254] MS (ESI) Electrospray ionization mass
spectrometry [0255] N.sub.2 Nitrogen [0256] NaBH.sub.4 Sodium
borohydride [0257] Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 Sodium carbonate [0258]
NaHCO.sub.3 Sodium bicarbonate [0259] Na(OAc).sub.3BH Sodium
triacetoxyborohydride [0260] NaOH Sodium hydroxide [0261]
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 Sodium sulfate [0262] NH.sub.4Cl Ammonium chloride
[0263] NH.sub.4OH Ammonium hydroxide [0264] NMR Nuclear magnetic
resonance [0265] Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4
Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) [0266] POCl.sub.3
Phosphorus(V) oxychloride [0267] rt Room temperature [0268] SFC
Supercritical fluid chromatography [0269] SOCl.sub.2 Thionyl
chloride [0270] TEA Triethylamine [0271] TH F Tetrahydrofuran
[0272] TFA Trifluoroacetic acid
##STR00029##
[0272] wherein R.sup.5 is as herein defined, CH.sub.2R, CH(OH)R,
CH(OMe)R and CH.sub.2XR each represents an embodiment of R.sup.1 as
herein defined, wherein X is O or NH.
##STR00030##
wherein R.sup.x is hydrogen or R.sup.a, R.sup.y is R.sup.a, or
R.sup.x and R.sup.y are taken together to form a heterocycloalkyl
or heteroaryl, wherein R.sup.a is the same or different in each
occurrence and is as defined herein.
##STR00031##
wherein R.sup.x is hydrogen or R.sup.a, R.sup.y is R.sup.a, or
R.sup.x and R.sup.y are taken together to form a heterocycloalkyl
or heteroaryl, wherein R.sup.a is the same or different in each
occurrence and is as defined herein.
Intermediate 1: 6-bromo-3-(chloromethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00032##
[0273] Step 1: Preparation of (6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)
methanol
##STR00033##
[0275] To solid NaBH.sub.4 (8 mg, 0.227 mmol) was added water (0.1
mL) and then 6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (100 mg,
0.444 mmol), MeOH (0.7 mL) and DCM (0.7 mL) were added and the
reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. The mixture was
concentrated under reduced pressure and the material was triturated
with ether and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide
the title compound (74 mg, 73%). .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO)
.delta. 8.65 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (s,
1H), 7.38 (dd, J=9.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (bs, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H). MS
(ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 227.0/229.0.
Step 2: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-(chloromethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00034##
[0277] To (6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)methanol (0.1 g, 0.44
mmol) was added SOCl.sub.2 (1 mL) and the mixture was heated to
60.degree. C. for 2 h. The solution was cooled and then
concentrated under reduced pressure to afford Intermediate 1 (140
mg), which was used in the next step without any further
purification. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) .delta. 9.33-9.15 (m,
1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=9.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (dd, J=9.5,
0.8 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (s, 2H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 241.1, 243.1.
Intermediate 2:
6-(1,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-ca-
rboxylic acid
##STR00035##
[0278] Step 1: Preparation of ethyl
6-(1,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-ca-
rboxylate
##STR00036##
[0280] A stirred solution of ethyl
6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylate (1 g, 3.71 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2(1H)-
-one (prepared as in US20130053362, 1.11 g, 4.46 mmol) in
1,4-dioxane (20 mL) was purged with N.sub.2 for 10 min followed by
addition of a solution of Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1.2 g, 11.15 mmol) in
water (4.2 mL) and was again purged with N.sub.2 for 10 min. After
10 min, Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (0.22 g, 0.19 mmol) was added and the
reaction mixture was heated at 100.degree. C. for 3 h. The solvent
was evaporated under vacuum, water (100 mL) was added and the
aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3.times.50 mL). The
combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure.
The material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
using a mixture of 2% methanol in DCM as eluent to afford the title
compound (1 g, 86%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta.
ppm 9.31 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d,
J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=2 and 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=1.2 Hz,
1H), 4.37 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 1.36 (t,
3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 312.3.
Step 2: Preparation of
6-(1,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-ca-
rboxylic acid
##STR00037##
[0282] To a stirred solution of ethyl
6-(1,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-ca-
rboxylate (1 g, 3.21 mmol) in THF (20 mL) and water (20 mL) was
added LiOH.H.sub.2O (0.15 g, 3.53 mmol) at rt and the reaction
mixture was stirred for 3 h. The mixture was acidified with diluted
HCl (pH=2) and the resulting solid was filtered, washed with water
(50 mL) and dried under vacuum to afford Intermediate 2 (0.8 g,
88%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. ppm 13.39 (bs,
1H), 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d,
J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J=2.0 and 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=1.2 Hz,
1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 284.3.
Intermediate 3: 6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonyl
chloride
##STR00038##
[0283] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonic acid
##STR00039##
[0285] To a stirred solution of 6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (1 g,
5.08 mmol) in chloroform (15 mL), a solution of chlorosulfonic acid
(1 mL, 15.23 mmol) in chloroform (10 mL) was added and the reaction
mixture was refluxed for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated under
vacuum, the material was treated with a mixture of diethyl ether
and ethanol (2:1, 30 mL), and the resulting solid was filtered to
afford the title compound (1.2 g, 85%). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO)
.delta. ppm 8.92 (t, J=1 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J=1.6 and
9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dd, J.sub.1, J.sub.2=0.4 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI)
[M+H].sup.+ 279.5.
Step 2: Preparation of 6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonyl
chloride
##STR00040##
[0287] To 6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonic acid (1.2 g,
4.33 mmol) was added POCOl.sub.3 (12 mL, 128.53 mmol) and the
reaction mixture was heated at reflux temperature for 16 h. The
solution was evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue was
diluted with water (50 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with
DCM (3.times.50 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to
afford Intermediate 3 (0.8 g, 62%) as a solid, which was used in
the next step without purification. MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 297.4.
Intermediate 4:
5-(3-aminoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-1,3-dimethyl-pyridin-2-one
##STR00041##
[0288] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-nitro-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00042##
[0290] To a solution of 6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (100 mg,
0.508 mmol) in concentrated H.sub.2SO.sub.4 (0.4 mL) was added at
rt concentrated HNO.sub.3 (0.12 mL, 2.69 mmol) and the reaction
mixture was stirred for 15 min. The mixture was quenched by the
addition of ice and the resulting solid (123 mg, 99%) was collected
by filtration and used directly in the next step without further
purification. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) .delta. 9.40 (t, J=1.4
Hz, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.00-7.85 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
242.1/244.1.
Step 2: Preparation of
1,3-dimethyl-5-(3-nitroimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)pyridin-2-one
##STR00043##
[0292] To a suspension of 6-bromo-3-nitro-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
(535 mg, 2.21 mmol) in DME (5 mL) was added
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362, 661 mg,
2.65 mmol), Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1.8 g, 5.53 mmol),
Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (256 mg, 0.22 mmol) and water (1 mL). The
reaction mixture was degassed with N.sub.2 and then heated in a
sealed tube at 90.degree. C. for 18 h. The mixture was cooled to rt
and the resulting solid was collected by filtration, washed with
water and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound (472 mg,
75%), which was used directly in the next step without further
purification. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) .delta. 9.39 (s, 1H),
8.78 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.06-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.78 (d,
J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
285.2.
Step 3: Preparation of
5-(3-aminoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-1,3-dimethyl-pyridin-2-one
##STR00044##
[0294] To a suspension of
1,3-dimethyl-5-(3-nitroimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)pyridin-2-one
(160 mg, 0.56 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added AcOH (0.10 mL, 1.69
mmol) and zinc (368 mg, 5.63 mmol) and the resulting suspension
mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The mixture was filtered through
a pad of Celite.TM., washed with MeOH and then the filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated
with a DCM/MeOH mixture to afford Intermediate 4 (91 mg, 64%) as a
solid. MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 255.2.
Example 1:
5-(3-benzylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-1,3-dimethyl-pyridin-2-o- ne
(Compound 1)
##STR00045##
[0295] Step 1: Preparation of
(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl-methanol
##STR00046##
[0297] To a solution of phenyl magnesium bromide (3 M in THF, 0.40
mL, 1.21 mmol) in dry THF (0.5 mL) was added a solution of
6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (210 mg, 0.933 mmol)
in THF (5 mL) at -30.degree. C. More phenyl magnesium bromide (0.4
mL, 1.21 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at
-30.degree. C. The mixture was then quenched with water and
concentrated under reduced pressure. EtOAc (50 mL) and saturated
NH.sub.4Cl (10 mL) were added and the phases were separated. The
aqueous phase was then extracted with EtOAc (3.times.30 mL). The
combined organic layers were washed with brine, filtered, dried and
evaporated under reduced pressure to provide the title compound,
which was used in the next step without any further purification
(230 mg, 81%). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 303.1/305.1.
Step 2: Preparation of 3-benzyl-6-bromo-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00047##
[0299] TFA (3.78 mL, 49.3 mmol) was cooled to 0.degree. C. and
sodium borohydride (168 mg, 4.55 mmol) was added in portion. The
mixture was stirred until no more solid was observed (about 20-30
min). The mixture was then added to a solution of
(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl-methanol (230 mg, 0.759
mmol) in DCM (16 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours. The
reaction was quenched with saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (added until the
reaction became basic) and EtOAc (30 mL) was added. Phases were
separated and aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2.times.20
mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was purified by
flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc in
hexane as eluent to provide the title compound (0.17 g), which was
used in the next step without further purification. MS (ESI)
[M+H].sup.+ 287.1/289.1.
Step 3: Preparation of Compound 1
##STR00048##
[0301] 3-benzyl-6-bromo-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (80 mg, 0.279 mmol),
3,5-dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole
(prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362, 83 mg,
0.334 mmol) in a solution of DME (2 mL) and water (0.1 mL) was
degassed by bubbling N.sub.2 for 10 min. Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (32
mg, 0.028 mmol) and Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (191 mg, 0.585 mmol) were
added. The resulting mixture was heated to 85.degree. C. for 4 h
and then cooled to rt. The mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure and then diluted with saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) and
EtOAc (10 mL), and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc
(3.times.10 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over
MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The
material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a
mixture of EtOAc on hexane followed by 10% MeOH in DCM and then by
preparative HPLC to provide Compound 1 (15 mg, 16%). .sup.1H NMR
(500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H),
7.52 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.30 (dd, J=6.7, 4.2 Hz, 2H),
7.27-7.17 (m, 4H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H). MS
(ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 330.3.
Example 2:
5-[3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]-1,3-di-
methyl-pyridin-2-one (Compound 2)
##STR00049##
[0302] Step 1: Preparation of
(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-(4-fluorophenyl)methanol
##STR00050##
[0304] To a suspension of magnesium (148 mg, 6.18 mmol) in THF (1
mL) was added 1-bromo-4-fluorobenzene (0.25 mL, 2.27 mmol) and the
mixture was heated to 50.degree. C. for a few seconds. The mixture
was then stirred for 5 min and then the rest of
1-bromo-4-fluorobenzene (0.25 mL, 2.27 mmol) was added. The
stirring was continued for 15 min and then the mixture was heated
to 50.degree. C. for about 30 min until most of the solid magnesium
disappeared. The mixture was then allowed to cool to rt and 1 mL of
this mixture was then treated with a solution of
6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (160 mg, 0.711 mmol)
in THF (5 mL) at -30.degree. C. and the mixture was stirred for 30
min. The reaction was then quenched by addition of a saturated
solution of NH.sub.4Cl (5 mL) and then diluted in EtOAc (30 mL).
The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with
EtOAc (2.times.20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with
brine, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material
was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture
of EtOAc in hexane as eluent to provide the title compound (61%).
MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 321.1/323.1.
Step 2: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00051##
[0306] TFA (2.17 mL, 28.34 mmol) was cooled to 0.degree. C. and
sodium borohydride (97 mg, 2.62 mmol) was added in one portion. The
mixture was stirred until no more solid observed (about 30 min).
Half of this mixture was then added to a solution of
(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl-methanol (140 mg, 0.436
mmol) in DCM (16 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 4 h. Half of
the first mixture of TFA/NaBH.sub.4 (kept at 0.degree. C.) was then
added to the reaction and the mixture stirred for 2 more hours. The
reaction was quenched with saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (5 mL) and EtOAc
(30 mL) was added. Phases were separated and aqueous phase was
extracted with EtOAc (2.times.20 mL). The combined organic phases
were washed with brine, dried and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The material was purified by flash chromatography on
silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc in hexane to provide the title
compound (37 mg, 28%). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 305.1/307.1.
Step 3: Preparation of Compound 2
##STR00052##
[0308] A mixture of
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362, 36 mg,
0.146 mmol),
6-bromo-3-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (37 mg,
0.121 mmol) in DME (2 mL) and water (0.1 mL) was degassed by
bubbling N.sub.2 for 10 min. Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (83 mg, 0.255 mmol)
and Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (14 mg, 0.012 mmol) were then added and the
mixture was degassed for 10 more min. The resulting mixture was
heated to 85.degree. C. for 3 h and then cooled to rt. The mixture
was diluted with saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL),
and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3.times.10 mL). The
combined organic phases were dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The material product was
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of
EtOAc in hexane as eluent, and followed by preparative HPLC to
provide Compound 2 (11 mg, 24%). .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, MeOD)
.delta. 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.59 (m, 3H),
7.40 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.02 (m, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H),
3.65 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 348.2.
Example 3:
5-[3-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]-1,3-di-
methyl-pyridin-2-one (Compound 3)
##STR00053##
[0309] Step 1: Preparation of
(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-(4-chlorophenyl) methanol
##STR00054##
[0311] To a solution of 4-chlorophenylmagnesium bromide (1M in THF,
1.2 mL, 1.2 mmol) in dry THF (1.5 mL) was added
6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (140 mg, 0.62 mmol) at
-30.degree. C. and the reaction mixture was stirred for 60 min at
-30.degree. C. More 4-chlorophenylmagnesium bromide (1M in THF, 1.2
mL, 1.2 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred for 2 h.
To the mixture, was added saturated NH.sub.4Cl and the solution was
concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue, EtOAc (50 mL)
and saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) were added and phases were
separated. The aqueous phase was then extracted with EtOAc
(3.times.30 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with
brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and then evaporated
under reduced pressure. The material was purified over by flash
chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc in hexane as
eluent to provide the title compound (130 mg, 62%). MS (ESI)
[M+H].sup.+ 339.0.
Step 2: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00055##
[0313] TFA (3.78 mL, 49.29 mmol) was cooled to 0.degree. C. and
sodium borohydride (171 mg, 4.62 mmol) was added in portion. The
mixture was stirred until no more solid was observed (about 30
min). The mixture was then added to a solution of
(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-(4-chlorophenyl)methanol (130
mg, 0.385 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred
for 4 h at rt. To the mixture, saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (5 mL) and
EtOAc (30 mL) were added. The phases were separated and the aqueous
phase was extracted with EtOAc (2.times.20 mL). The combined
organic phases were washed with brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The material
was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture
of EtOAc in hexane as eluent to provide the title compound (50 mg,
40%). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 323.0.
Step 3: Preparation of Compound 3
##STR00056##
[0315] A mixture of
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362, 50 mg,
0.202 mmol),
6-bromo-3-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (50 mg,
0.155 mmol) in DME (2 mL) and water (0.1 mL) was degassed by
bubbling N.sub.2 for 10 min. Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (106 mg, 0.326 mmol)
and Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (18 mg, 0.016 mmol) were then added and the
mixture was degassed for 10 more min and the resulting mixture was
heated to 85.degree. C. for 4 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and
then concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was diluted
with saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL), and the
aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3.times.10 mL). The
combined organic layers were dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was purified by
flash chromatography using a mixture of EtOAc in hexane as eluent,
followed by preparative HPLC to provide Compound 3 (11 mg, 17%).
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, MeOD) .delta. 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=2.5
Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.61 (dd, J=9.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (s,
1H), 7.37-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 3.65
(s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 364.2.
Example 4:
5-[3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]-1,3-d-
imethyl-pyridin-2-one (Compound 4)
##STR00057##
[0316] Step 1: Preparation of
(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-(4-methoxyphenyl)methanol
##STR00058##
[0318] To a solution of 4-methoxyphenylmagnesium bromide (1M in
THF, 2 mL, 1 mmol) in dry THF (1.5 mL) was added a solution of
6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (150 mg, 0.667 mmol)
in THF (5 mL) at -30.degree. C. and the reaction mixture was
stirred 60 min at -30.degree. C. Saturated NH.sub.4Cl was added to
the mixture and the solution was concentrated under reduced
pressure. To the residue, EtOAc (50 mL) and saturated NaHCO.sub.3
(10 mL) were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer
was extracted with EtOAc (3.times.30 mL). The combined organic
layers were washed with brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The material was
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of
EtOAc in hexane to provide the title compound (120 mg, 54%). MS
(ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 333.0/335.0.
Step 2: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00059##
[0320]
(6-Bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-(4-methoxyphenyl)methanol (40
mg, 0.12 mmol) was suspended in DCM (1.5 mL), BF.sub.3*Et.sub.2O
(52 mL, 0.42 mmol) and Et.sub.3SiH (0.06 mL, 0.3 mmol) were added
dropwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min. To the
mixture, saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (5 mL) was added, followed by DCM
(30 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2.times.20 mL).
The combined organic layers were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the
title compound (40 mg), which was used in the next step without any
further purification. MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 317.1/319.1.
Step 3: Preparation of Compound 4
##STR00060##
[0322] A solution of
6-bromo-3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (40 mg,
0.126 mmol),
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridi-
n-2-one (prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362,
40 mg, 0.164 mmol) in DME (2 mL) and water (0.1 mL) was degassed by
bubbling N.sub.2 for 10 min. Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (86 mg, 0.265 mmol)
and Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (15 mg, 0.013 mmol) were then added and the
mixture was degassed for another 10 min. The resulting mixture was
heated to 85.degree. C. overnight and then allowed to cool to rt.
To the mixture, saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL)
were added, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc
(3.times.10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over
MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure. The
product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a
mixture of EtOAc in hexane as eluent, followed by preparative HPLC
to provide Compound 4 (11 mg, 24%). .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, MeOD)
.delta. 8.26 (d, J=32.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.58
(m, 3H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (d, J=8.5 Hz,
2H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H). MS
(ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 360.2.
Example 5:
5-[3-[(3-fluorophenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]-1,3-di-
methyl-pyridin-2-one (Compound 5)
##STR00061##
[0324] Step 1: Preparation of
(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-(3-fluorophenyl)methanol
##STR00062##
[0325] 1-Fluoro-3-iodo-benzene (554 mg, 2.49 mmol) was added
dropwise to isopropylmagnesium chloride (1M solution, 0.995 mL,
0.995 mmol) at rt. After 15 min, the Grignard was ready to use.
LaCl.sub.3.2LiCl (0.6 M in THF, 1.66 mL, 0.995 mmol) was added to a
solution of 6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (224 mg,
0.995 mmol) in THF (4 mL) at rt. The mixture was stirred for 30 min
at rt, then the above Grignard solution was added dropwise at rt
and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h. To the mixture,
saturated NH.sub.4Cl (5 mL) was added and the solution was
concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue, EtOAc (30 mL)
and saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) were added. The phases were
separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc
(2.times.50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with
brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under
reduced pressure. The material was purified by flash chromatography
on silica gel to provide the title compound (0.32 g, 31%). .sup.1H
NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.38 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d,
J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.19 (m,
2H), 7.18-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.00 (m, 1H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 3.12-2.80
(m, 1H). MS (ESI) [M+H]321.0, 323.0.
Step 2: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-[(3-fluorophenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00063##
[0327] (6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-(3-fluorophenyl)methanol
(40 mg, 0.125 mmol) was suspended in DCM (1.5 mL) and
BF.sub.3*Et.sub.2O (0.054 mL, 0.436 mmol) and Et.sub.3SiH (0.058
mL, 0.311 mmol) were added dropwise. The reaction mixture was
stirred for 1 h and then saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (5 mL) was added,
followed by DCM (30 mL). The aqueous phase was then extracted with
DCM (2.times.20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to
afford the title compound (39 mg), which was used in the next step
without further purification. MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 305.1,
307.1.
Step 3: Preparation of Compound 5
##STR00064##
[0329] A solution of
6-bromo-3-[(3-fluorophenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (39 mg,
0.128 mmol),
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridi-
n-2-one (prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362,
41 mg, 0.166 mmol) in DME (2 mL) and water (0.1 mL) was degassed by
bubbling N.sub.2 for 10 min. Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (87 mg, 0.268 mmol)
and Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (14 mg, 0.013 mmol) were then added and the
mixture was degassed for another 10 min. The resulting mixture was
heated to 85.degree. C. for 3 h and then cooled to rt. To the
mixture, saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL) were
added, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3.times.10
mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of
EtOAc in hexane as eluent, followed by preparative HPLC to provide
Compound 5 (13 mg, 29%). .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.75-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J=9.3, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H),
7.34-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.02-6.99 (m, 1H), 6.97 (td,
J=8.4, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J=9.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (s, 2H),
3.60 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 348.1.
Examples 6-7:
5-[3-[methoxy(phenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]-1,3-dimethyl-pyri-
din-2-one isomers (Compounds 6 and 7)
##STR00065##
[0330] Compound 6 (RT: 7.07)--Compound 7 (RT: 9.61)
Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-[methoxy(phenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00066##
[0332] To a solution of 3-phenylprop-2-ynal (111 mg, 0.85 mmol),
5-bromopyridin-2-amine (147.6 mg, 0.853 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL) was
added acetic acid (1 drop) and the reaction mixture was heated to
80.degree. C. for 8 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure and the material was purified by flash chromatography on
silica using a mixture of EtOAc and hexane as eluent to afford the
title compound as a mixture of enantiomers (191 mg, 71%). .sup.1H
NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.25 (dd, J=1.9, 0.8 Hz, 1H),
7.52 (dd, J=9.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 7.37 (dd,
J=8.0, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 2H), 5.60 (s, 1H), 3.40 (s,
3H).
Step 2: Preparation of Compounds 6 and 7
##STR00067##
[0334] To a solution of
6-bromo-3-[methoxy(phenyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (50 mg,
0.158 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) was added Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (77 mg,
0.236 mmol),
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362, 59 mg,
0.24 mmol), Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (18 mg, 0.016 mmol) and water (0.1
mL). The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling N.sub.2 for 10
min and the resulting mixture was then heated at 80.degree. C. for
18 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and EtOAc (5 mL) and water (5
mL) were added. The organic phase was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The material was
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of
EtOAc and hexane as eluent, followed by semi-preparative SFC (AS
10.times.250 mm, 5 um Isocratic 25% MeOH+0.1% NH.sub.4OH, 10 mL/min
100 Bar) to afford Compound 6 (18.6 mg, 35%) and Compound 7 (23.4
mg, 43%).
[0335] Compound 6: Retention Time=7.07; .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.32
(m, 6H), 7.29 (dd, J=2.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J=9.3, 1.8 Hz,
1H), 7.20 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.70 (s, 1H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.44 (s,
3H), 2.22 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 360.2.
[0336] Compound 7: Retention Time=9.61; .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.34
(m, 6H), 7.29 (dd, J=2.5, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.21 (d,
J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.70 (s, 1H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.44 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s,
3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 360.1.
Example 8:
1,3-dimethyl-5-[3-(1-piperidylmethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl-
]pyridin-2-one (Compound 8)
##STR00068##
[0337] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-(1-piperidylmethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00069##
[0339] Piperidine (0.053 mL, 0.533 mmol) was added to a stirred
solution of 6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (100 mg,
0.444 mmol) in DCM (4 mL). To this mixture was then added acetic
acid (0.076 mL, 1.33 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 45 min.
Na(OAc).sub.3BH (94 mg, 0.444 mmol) was added and the reaction was
stirred for 18 h. Another portion of Na(OAc).sub.3BH (188 mg, 0.888
mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h. To
the mixture, water and saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) were added
followed by DCM (20 mL). The organic layer was separated and the
aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2.times.20 mL). The combined
organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of
EtOAc in hexane as eluent to provide the title compound (45 mg,
34%). MS (ESI) [M+H]+: 294.1, 296.1.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 8
##STR00070##
[0341] A solution of
6-bromo-3-(1-piperidylmethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (45 mg, 0.153
mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362, 46 mg,
0.184 mmol) in DME (2 mL) and water (0.1 mL) was degassed by
bubbling N.sub.2 for 10 min. Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (105 mg, 0.321 mmol)
and Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (18 mg, 0.015 mmol) were then added and the
mixture was degassed for another 10 min. The resulting mixture was
heated to 85.degree. C. for 3 h and then cooled to rt. To the
mixture, saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL) were
added, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3.times.10
mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of
EtOAc in hexane as eluent, followed by preparative HPLC to provide
Compound 8 (11 mg, 21%). .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
8.44 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J=9.3, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H),
7.45 (dd, J=2.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (dd,
J=9.3, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 2.50-2.30 (bs, 3H),
2.25 (s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 1H), 1.62-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.50-1.36 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 337.3.
Example 9:
5-[3-(cyclopentoxymethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]-1,3-dimeth-
yl-pyridin-2-one (Compound 9)
##STR00071##
[0342] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-(cyclopentoxymethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00072##
[0344] To a solution of cyclopentanol (0.074 mL, 0.815 mmol) and
DIPEA (0.212 mL, 1.22 mmol) in THF (1 mL), Intermediate 1 (100 mg,
0.407 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to
55.degree. C. for 18 h. The mixture was then cooled and
concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue, EtOAc (30 mL)
was added and the organic layer was washed with saturated
NaHCO.sub.3 (7 mL). The aqueous layer was then extracted with EtOAc
(2.times.20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with
brine, dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under
reduced pressure. The material was purified by flash chromatography
on silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc in hexane as eluent to
provide the title compound (40 mg, 33%). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
295.0, 297.0.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 9
##STR00073##
[0346] A solution of
6-bromo-3-(cyclopentoxymethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (40 mg, 0.136
mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362, 40 mg,
0.163 mmol) in DME (2 mL) and water (0.1 mL) was degassed by
bubbling N.sub.2 for 10 min. Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (93 mg, 0.285 mmol)
and Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (16 mg, 0.014 mmol) were then added and the
mixture was degassed for another 10 min. The resulting mixture was
heated to 85.degree. C. for 3 h and then cooled to rt. To the
mixture, saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL) were
added. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was
extracted with EtOAc (3.times.10 mL). The combined organic layers
were dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated under
reduced pressure. The product was purified by flash chromatography
on silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc in hexane as eluent,
followed by preparative HPLC to provide Compound 9 (7 mg, 13%).
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d,
J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.47-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=2.5 Hz,
1H), 7.28 (dd, J=9.2, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 4.09-3.89 (m, 1H),
3.65 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.86-1.62 (m, 6H), 1.61-1.52 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 338.3.
Example 10:
5-[3-(anilinomethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]-1,3-dimethyl-pyridin-2-on-
e (Compound 10)
##STR00074##
[0347] Step 1: Preparation of
N-[(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)methyl]aniline
##STR00075##
[0349] To a solution of Intermediate 1 (54 mg, 0.22 mmol) in MeCN
(2 mL) was added aniline (0.024 mL, 0.264 mmol) and K.sub.2CO.sub.3
(85 mg, 0.66 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated at
60.degree. C. for 1 h. The mixture was cooled and then concentrated
under reduced pressure. To the residue, EtOAc (30 mL) and saturated
NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) were added. The layers were separated and the
aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2.times.20 mL). The
combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and then concentrated under reduced
pressure. The material was purified by flash chromatography on
silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc in hexane and then MeOH in
EtOAc as eluent to provide the title compound (10 mg, 15%). MS
(ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 302.1, 304.1.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 10
##STR00076##
[0351] A solution of
N-[(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)methyl]aniline (10 mg, 0.033
mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362, 10.7 mg,
0.043 mmol) in DME (2 mL) and water (0.1 mL) was degassed by
bubbling N.sub.2 for 10 min. Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (23 mg, 0.069 mmol)
and Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (4 mg, 0.003 mmol) were then added and the
mixture was degassed for another 10 min. The resulting mixture was
heated to 85.degree. C. for 2 h and then cooled to rt. To the
mixture, saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) and EtOAc (30 mL) were
added. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was
extracted with EtOAc (3.times.10 mL). The combined organic layers
were dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated under
reduced pressure. The material was purified by flash chromatography
on silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc in hexane as eluent,
followed by preparative HPLC to provide Compound 10 (5 mg, 44%).
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d,
J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.25 (m,
4H), 6.84 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H),
3.75 (s, 1H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
345.2.
Example 11:
1,3-dimethyl-5-(3-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)
pyridin-2(1H)-one (Compound 11)
##STR00077##
[0353] To a stirred solution of Intermediate 2 (0.1 g, 0.35 mmol)
in DMF (2 mL) was added HATU (0.2 g, 0.53 mmol) at rt. The mixture
was stirred at this temperature for 30 min, and a solution of
morpholine (34 mg, 0.39 mmol) and DIPEA (0.2 mL, 1.05 mmol) in DMF
(1 mL) was then added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred
at rt for 16 h. The mixture was poured into water (30 ml) and the
aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3.times.20 mL). The
combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
using a mixture of 3% MeOH in DCM as eluent to afford Compound 11
(15 mg, 12%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. ppm
9.00 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=9.6
Hz, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 3.76-3.75 (m, 4H),
3.69-3.68 (m, 4H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
353.6.
Example 12:
N-cyclohexyl-6-(1,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]-
pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound 12)
##STR00078##
[0355] To a stirred solution of Intermediate 2 (0.1 g, 0.35 mmol)
in DMF (2 mL) was added HATU (0.2 g, 0.53 mmol) at rt. The mixture
was stirred at this temperature for 30 min, a solution of
cyclohexanamine (39 mg, 0.39 mmol) and DIPEA (0.2 mL, 1.05 mmol) in
DMF (1 mL) was then added dropwise and the reaction mixture was
stirred at rt for 16 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water
(30 mL) and the resulting solid was filtered and dried under
reduced pressure. The material was purified by flash chromatography
on silica gel using a mixture of 3% MeOH in DCM as eluent to afford
Compound 12 (70 mg, 54%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) b
ppm 9.62 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d,
J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J=0.8 and 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=2 Hz,
1H), 7.68-7.66 (m, 1H), 3.82 (bs, 1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H),
1.88-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.64 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H),
1.38-1.29 (m, 4H), 1.17-1.16 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
365.6.
Example 13:
1,3-dimethyl-5-(3-(piperidine-1-carbonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)pyrid-
in-2(1H)-one (Compound 13)
##STR00079##
[0357] To a stirred solution of Intermediate 2 (0.1 g, 0.35 mmol)
in DMF (2 mL) was added HATU (0.2 g, 0.53 mmol) at rt. The mixture
was stirred at that temperature for 30 min, a solution of
piperidine (33 mg, 0.39 mmol) and DIPEA (0.2 mL, 1.05 mmol) in DMF
(1 mL) was then added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred
at rt for 16 h. The mixture was poured into water (30 mL) and the
aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3.times.20 mL). The
combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure.
The material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
using a mixture of 3% MeOH in DCM as eluent to afford Compound 13
(70 mg, 57%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. ppm
8.95 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H),
7.70 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 4H), 3.53 (s, 3H),
2.10 (s, 3H), 1.67-1.62 (m, 6H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 351.6.
Example 14:
1,3-dimethyl-5-(3-(piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)pyri-
din-2(1H)-one (Compound 14)
##STR00080##
[0358] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-(piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00081##
[0360] To a solution of piperidine (0.086 g, 1.02 mmol) in DCM (2
mL) was added TEA (0.28 mL, 2.03 mmol) at rt. The mixture was
stirred for 5 min, a solution of Intermediate 3 (0.2 g, 0.68 mmol)
in DCM (2 mL) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at rt for
2 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and then washed with
water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to
afford the title compound (0.15 g, 64%). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO) .delta. ppm 8.80 (q, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.83 (dd,
J=0.8 and 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J=2 and 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.08 (t,
J=5.2 Hz, 4H), 1.56-1.50 (m, 4H), 1.42-1.39 (m, 2H). MS (ESI)
[M+H].sup.+ 346.2.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 14
##STR00082##
[0362] A stirred solution of
6-bromo-3-(piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (0.15 g,
0.44 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyr-
idin-2(1H)-one (prepared using the procedure described in
US20130053362, 0.13 g, 0.52 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) was purged
with N.sub.2 for 10 min followed by the addition of a solution of
Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.14 g, 1.31 mmol) in water (1 mL), which was
again purged with N.sub.2 for another 10 min. After 10 min,
Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (25 mg, 0.022 mmol) was added and the resulting
mixture was heated at 100.degree. C. for 3 h. The mixture was
concentrated under reduced pressure, water was added and the
aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3.times.20 mL). The
combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL) and brine
(20 mL), dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and evaporated under
reduced pressure. The material was purified by flash chromatography
on silica gel using a mixture of 2% methanol in DCM as eluent to
afford Compound 14 (0.11 g, 65%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO) .delta. ppm 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=2.4 Hz,
1H), 7.91 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=1.6 and 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67
(s, 1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.09 (t, J=5 Hz, 4H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 1.53 (s,
4H), 1.38 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 387.5.
Example 15:
6-(1,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)-N-ethylimidazo[1,2-a]pyrid-
ine-3-sulfonamide (Compound 15)
##STR00083##
[0363] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-N-ethylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide
##STR00084##
[0365] To a solution of ethyl amine (34 mg, 0.76 mmol) in DCM (2
mL) was added TEA (0.2 mL, 1.52 mmol). The mixture was stirred for
5 min, a solution of Intermediate 3 (0.15 g, 0.51 mmol) in DCM (1
mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h.
The mixture was diluted with DCM (25 mL), washed with water (25 mL)
and brine (25 mL). The organic layer was dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and evaporated under vacuum to afford
the title compound (0.1 g, 65%), which was used in the next step
without purification. MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 306.5.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 15
##STR00085##
[0367] A stirred solution of
6-bromo-N-ethylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide (0.1 g, 0.33
mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-
(1H)-one (prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362,
0.122 g, 0.49 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) was purged with N.sub.2
for 10 min followed by the addition of a solution of
Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.104 g, 0.99 mmol) in water (0.5 mL), which was
again purged with N.sub.2 for 10 min. After 10 min,
Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (19 mg, 0.016 mmol) was added and the reaction
mixture was heated at 100.degree. C. for 3 h. The mixture was
diluted with water and the aqueous layer was extracted using EtOAc
(3.times.20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water
(20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered
and evaporated under reduced pressure. The material was purified by
flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of 2-3% methanol
in DCM as eluent to afford Compound 15 (17 mg, 15%) as a solid.
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. ppm 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.33 (bs,
1H), 8.10 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),
7.79 (dd, J=2.0 and 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (s,
3H), 2.83 (q, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 0.89 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 347.5.
Example 16:
N-cyclopentyl-6-(1,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a-
]pyridine-3-sulfonamide (Compound 16)
##STR00086##
[0368] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-N-cyclopentylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide
##STR00087##
[0370] TEA (0.28 mL, 2.03 mmol) was added to a rt stirred solution
of cyclopentylamine (86 mg, 1.02 mmol) in DCM (2 mL). The mixture
was stirred for 5 min, a solution of Intermediate 3 (0.2 g, 0.68
mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred
at rt for another 2 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and
washed with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was
dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and evaporated under reduced
pressure to afford the title compound (0.15 g, 64%) as a solid.
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. ppm 8.88 (q, J=0.8 Hz, 1H),
8.11 (s, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J=1.6 Hz, 1H),
3.46-3.39 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.49 (m, 4H), 1.40-1.34 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.21
(m, 2H), --NH was not visible MS. (ESI) [M+H]346.4.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 16
##STR00088##
[0372] A stirred solution of
6-bromo-N-cyclopentylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide (0.15 g,
0.44 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyr-
idin-2(1H)-one (prepared using the procedure described in
US20130053362, 0.13 g, 0.52 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) was purged
with N.sub.2 for 10 min followed by the addition of a solution of
Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.14 g, 1.31 mmol) in water (1 mL), which was
again purged with nitrogen for another 10 min. After 10 min,
Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (25 mg, 0.022 mmol) was added and the resulting
mixture was heated at 100.degree. C. for 3 h. The mixture was
diluted with water and the aqueous layer was extracted using EtOAc
(3.times.20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water
(20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered
and then evaporated under reduced pressure. The material was
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of
2% MeOH in DCM as eluent to afford Compound 16 (0.11 g, 65%) as a
solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. ppm 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.44
(d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d,
J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J=1.6 and 9.6 Hz 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 3.55
(s, 3H), 3.44-3.39 (m, 1H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 4H), 1.39-1.33
(m, 2H), 1.19-1.16 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 387.5.
Example 17:
6-(1,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)-N-isopropylimidazo[1,2-a]p-
yridine-3-sulfonamide (Compound 17)
##STR00089##
[0373] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-N-isopropylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide
##STR00090##
[0375] To a rt solution of isopropyl amine (0.045 g, 0.76 mmol) in
DCM (2 mL) was added TEA (0.2 mL, 1.52 mmol). The mixture was
stirred for 5 min and then a solution of Intermediate 3 (0.15 g,
0.51 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was
stirred at rt for another 2 h. The mixture was then diluted with
DCM (25 mL) and washed with water (25 mL) and brine (25 mL). The
organic layer was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and
evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (0.1
g, 62%), which was used in next step without purification. MS (ESI)
[M+H].sup.+ 320.5.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 17
##STR00091##
[0377] A stirred solution of
6-bromo-N-isopropylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide (0.1 g,
0.31 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyr-
idin-2(1H)-one (prepared using the procedure described in
US20130053362, 0.117 g, 0.47 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) was purged
with N.sub.2 for 10 min, followed by the addition of a solution of
Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.1 g, 0.93 mmol) in water (0.5 mL). The mixture
was then purged again with N.sub.2 for another 10 min. After 10
min, Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (18 mg, 0.02 mmol) was added and the
resulting mixture was heated at 100.degree. C. for 3 h. The mixture
was diluted with water and the aqueous layer was extracted using
ethyl acetate (3.times.20 mL). The combined organic layers were
washed with water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and then evaporated under reduced pressure. The
material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a
mixture of 2-3% MeOH in DCM as eluent to afford Compound 17 (16 mg,
14%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. ppm 8.66 (s,
1H), 8.41 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H),
7.90 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J=2.0 and 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d,
J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.27-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 0.88
(d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 361.5.
Example 18:
N-cyclohexyl-6-(1,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]-
pyridine-3-sulfonamide (Compound 18)
##STR00092##
[0378] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-N-cyclohexylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide
##STR00093##
[0380] To a solution of cyclohexylamine (38 mg, 0.37 mmol) in DCM
(1 mL) was added TEA (0.1 mL, 0.75 mmol) at rt. The mixture was
stirred for 5 min and then a solution of Intermediate 3 (0.075 g,
0.25 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was
stirred at rt for another 2 h. The mixture was then diluted with
DCM (15 mL) and washed with water (15 mL) and brine (15 mL). The
organic layer was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and
evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (40
mg, 44%), which was used in the next step without purification. MS
(ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 360.4.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 18
##STR00094##
[0382] A stirred solution of
6-bromo-N-cyclohexylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide (40 mg,
0.11 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyr-
idin-2(1H)-one (prepared using the procedure described in
US20130053362, 0.033 g, 0.13 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (1 mL) was purged
with N.sub.2 for 10 min. This was followed by the addition of a
solution of Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (43 mg, 0.33 mmol) in water (0.5 mL),
and the reaction mixture was again purged with N.sub.2 for 10 min.
After 10 min, Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (8 mg g, 0.006 mmol) was added
and the resulting mixture was heated at 100.degree. C. for 3 h. The
mixture was diluted with water and the aqueous layer was extracted
using EtOAc (3.times.10 mL). The combined organic layers were
washed with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and then evaporated under reduced
pressure. The material was purified by flash chromatography on
silica gel using a mixture of 2-3% MeOH in DCM as eluent to afford
Example 18 (20 mg, 44%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO)
.delta. ppm 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.45 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=2.4
Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J=1.6 and
9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 2.96-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.13
(s, 3H), 1.54-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.39 (m, 3H), 1.11-1.01 (m, 5H).
MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 401.4.
Example 19:
1,3-dimethyl-5-(3-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)pyr-
idin-2(1H)-one (Compound 19)
##STR00095##
[0383] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00096##
[0385] To a rt solution of pyrrolidine (72 mg, 1.02 mmol) in DCM (2
mL) was added TEA (0.28 mL, 2.03 mmol). The mixture was stirred for
5 min and then a solution of Intermediate 3 (0.2 g, 0.68 mmol) in
DCM (2 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for
another 2 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and washed
with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried
over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and evaporated under reduced
pressure to afford the title compound (0.15 g, 67%) as a solid.
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. ppm 8.88 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H),
7.83 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J=1.6 and 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (t,
J=6.6 Hz, 4H), 1.74 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 4H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
332.4.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 19
##STR00097##
[0387] A stirred solution of
6-bromo-3-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (0.15 g,
0.45 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyr-
idin-2(1H)-one (prepared using the procedure described in
US20130053362, 0.136 g, 0.54 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) was purged
with N.sub.2 for 10 min. A solution of Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.145 g,
1.36 mmol) in water (1 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was
purged with N.sub.2 for another 10 min. After 10 min,
Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (26 mg, 0.02 mmol) was added and the mixture
was heated at 100.degree. C. for 3 h. The solvent was evaporated
under vacuum and the aqueous layer was extracted using EtOAc
(3.times.20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water
(20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered
and then evaporated under reduced pressure. The material was
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of
2% MeOH in DCM as eluent to afford Compound 19 (0.11 g, 41%) as a
solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) b ppm 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s,
1H), 8.04 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd,
J=1.6 and 2 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.25 (t,
J=6.8 Hz, 4H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 1.75-1.71 (m, 4H). MS (ESI)
[M+H].sup.+ 373.5.
Example 20:
5-[3-[(4,4-difluoro-1-piperidyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]-1,3-di-
methyl-pyridin-2-one (Compound 20)
##STR00098##
[0388] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-[(4,4-difluoro-1-piperidyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00099##
[0390] To a solution of Intermediate 1 (75 mg, 0.31 mmol) in DMF (5
mL) was added 4,4-difluoropiperidine hydrochloride (72 mg, 0.46
mmol) and DIPEA (0.19 mL, 1.07 mmol). The reaction mixture was
stirred at rt for 18 h. The resulting mixture was diluted with
EtOAc (10 mL) and water (10 mL) and the organic layer was
separated, dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under
reduced pressure. The material was purified by flash chromatography
on silica gel using a mixture of MeOH in DCM as eluent to afford
the title compound (46 mg, 46%) as a solid. MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
330.1/332.1.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 20
##STR00100##
[0392] To a solution of
6-bromo-3-[(4,4-difluoro-1-piperidyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
(46 mg, 0.14 mmol) in DME (5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) was added
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362, 65 mg,
0.167 mmol), Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (113.5 mg, 0.35 mmol) and
Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (16 mg, 0.014 mmol). The resulting mixture was
degassed for 5 min with N.sub.2 and then heated in a sealed tube at
90.degree. C. for 18 h. The mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with
EtOAc (10 mL) and water (5 mL). The organic layer was separated,
dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The material was purified by flash chromatography on
silica gel using a mixture of MeOH in DCM as eluent, followed by
preparative HPLC purification to afford Compound 20 (14.6 mg, 28%)
as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.27 (s, 1H),
7.66 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J=2.5, 1.1 Hz, 1H),
7.36 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.24 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 1H), 3.66 (s,
3H), 2.60 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 4H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.05-1.89 (m, 4H). MS
(ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 373.1.
Example 21:
1,3-dimethyl-5-[3-(morpholinomethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]pyridin-2--
one (Compound 21)
##STR00101##
[0393] Step 1: Preparation of
4-[(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)methyl]morpholine
[0394] To a solution of Intermediate 1 (75 mg, 0.305 mmol) in DMF
(3 mL) was added morpholine (67 L, 0.76 mmol) and the reaction
mixture was stirred at rt for 18 h. The mixture was diluted with
EtOAc (10 mL) and water (10 mL). The organic layer was separated,
dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The material was purified by flash chromatography on
silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc and hexane as eluent to afford
the title compound (40 mg, 44%) as a solid.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 21
[0395] To a suspension of
4-[(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)methyl]morpholine (40 mg,
0.16 mmol) in DME (3 mL) was added
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362, 40 mg,
0.16 mmol), Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (110 mg, 0.34 mmol) and
Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (16 mg, 0.014 mmol). The reaction mixture was
degassed for 5 min and then heated in a sealed tube at 90.degree.
C. for 18 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc
(10 mL) and water (10 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried
over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
using a mixture of MeOH in DCM as eluent, followed by preparative
HPLC purification to afford Compound 21 (10.6 mg, 23%) as a solid.
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.34 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d,
J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J=2.5, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d,
J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 1H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.71-3.66 (m, 4H),
3.65 (s, 3H), 2.47 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 4H), 2.25 (s, 3H). MS (ESI)
[M+H].sup.+ 339.3.
Example 22:
5-[3-(cyclopentylamino)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]-1,3-dimethyl-pyridin-2-
-one (Compound 22)
##STR00102##
[0397] Cyclopentanone (0.13 mL, 1.4 mmol) was added to a solution
of Intermediate 4 (178 mg, 0.7 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) and the
resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 18 h. The solution was
evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in
MeOH (5 mL) and then NaBH.sub.4 (79 mg, 2.1 mmol) was added and the
reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 1 h. The mixture was
concentrated and the residue was diluted in EtOAc (10 mL) and water
(10 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was
purified by preparative HPLC to afford Compound 22 (4 mg, 2%) as a
solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.57
(d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.15 (m, 2H),
3.76 (s, 1H), 3.66 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.02-1.93 (m,
2H), 1.80 (s, 2H), 1.66-1.48 (m, 5H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
323.3.
Example 23:
5-[3-(cyclopentylmethylamino)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]-1,3-dimethyl-pyr-
idin-2-one (Compound 23)
##STR00103##
[0399] To a solution of Intermediate 4 (300 mg, 1.18 mmol) in DCM
(5 mL) was added cyclopentane carbaldehyde (231 mg, 2.36 mmol) and
the mixture was stirred at rt for 18 h. The solution was
concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved
in MeOH (5 mL). NaBH.sub.4 (134 mg, 3.54 mmol) was added and the
reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The mixture was
concentrated and the residue was diluted in EtOAc (10 mL) and water
(10 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was
purified by preparative HPLC to afford Compound 23 (12 mg, 3%) as a
solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.91 (dd, J=1.7,
0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.47 (dd, J=2.5, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.39
(d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=9.3, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 3.64
(s, 3H), 3.09 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 3H), 2.23-2.16
(m, 1H), 1.93-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.66 (dt, J=8.9, 7.7 Hz, 3H), 1.63-1.56
(m, 2H), 1.38-1.24 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 337.4.
Example 24:
5-(3-benzyl-2-methyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-1,3-dimethyl-pyridin-2-o-
ne (Compound 24)
##STR00104##
[0400] Step 1: Preparation of
5-(3-benzoyl-2-methyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-1,3-dimethyl-pyridin-2--
one
##STR00105##
[0402] To a solution of
(6-bromo-2-methyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl-methanone
(prepared using the procedure described in WO2015086498, 279 mg,
0.88 mmol) in DME (3 mL) and water (0.3 mL) was added
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362, 264 mg,
1.06 mmol), Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (721 mg, 2.21 mmol) and
Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (102 mg, 0.089 mmol). The reaction mixture was
degassed for 5 min and then heated in a sealed tube at 80.degree.
C. for 18 h. The mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (10
mL) and water (10 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried over
MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The
material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a
mixture of MeOH in DCM as eluent to afford the title compound (200
mg, 63%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 9.47
(dd, J=1.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (ddd, J=10.0,
9.3, 1.3 Hz, 2H), 7.74-7.61 (m, 4H), 7.57 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.53
(s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
358.2.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 24
##STR00106##
[0404] A solution of
5-(3-benzoyl-2-methyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-1,3-dimethyl-pyridin-2--
one (50 mg, 0.14 mmol), hydrazine hydrate (0.40 mL, 4.57 mmol) and
KOH (63 mg, 1.12 mmol) in ethylene glycol (1 mL) was heated in a
sealed vial at 150.degree. C. for 20 h. The mixture was then cooled
to rt and diluted with DCM (10 mL) and H.sub.2O (10 mL). The
aqueous layer was separated and extracted with DCM (3.times.10 mL).
The combined organic layers were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was
purified by preparative HPLC to provide Compound 24 (13 mg, 27%) as
a solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.61 (dd, J=1.7,
0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J=9.2, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.22 (m, 4H), 7.14
(ddd, J=6.8, 5.7, 3.1 Hz, 4H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 2.52 (s,
3H), 2.19 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 344.2.
Example 25:
5-[3-(cyclobutoxymethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]-1,3-dimethyl-pyridin--
2-one (Compound 25)
##STR00107##
[0405] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-(cyclobutoxymethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00108##
[0407] Intermediate 1 (100 mg, 0.41 mmol) was added to a solution
of cyclobutanol (64 .mu.L, 0.815 mmol) and DIPEA (0.212 mL, 1.22
mmol) in THF (1 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated at
55.degree. C. for 3 d. The mixture was cooled and then diluted with
EtOAc (30 mL) and saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (20 mL). The aqueous layer
was separated and extracted with EtOAc (3.times.20 mL). The
combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and then concentrated under reduced
pressure. The material was purified by flash chromatography on
silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc in hexane as eluent to provide
the title compound (22 mg, 19%). .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 8.33 (dd, J=1.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.50 (dt,
J=9.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.00-3.90 (m,
1H), 2.21-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.65 (m, 1H),
1.57-1.42 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 281.2.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 25
##STR00109##
[0409] Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (9 mg, 0.008 mmol) was added to a
degassed solution of
6-bromo-3-(cyclobutoxymethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (22 mg, 0.078
mmol),
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362, 25 mg,
0.102 mmol), and Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (64 mg, 0.196 mmol) in DME (3 mL)
and water (0.3 mL) under N.sub.2. The resulting mixture was heated
at 80.degree. C. for 20 h and then cooled to rt. The mixture was
filtered through a pad of Celite.TM. and washed with EtOAc (100
mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (100
mL) and the aqueous layer was re-extracted with EtOAc (3.times.50
mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of
EtOAc in hexane as eluent, followed by preparative HPLC to provide
Compound 25 (3.8 mg, 15%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (s,
1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (dd, J=9.4, 1.6 Hz,
1H), 4.78 (s, 2H), 4.01 (s, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H),
2.19-2.09 (m, 2H), 1.90 (qd, J=10.0, 2.7 Hz, 2H), 1.72-1.67 (m,
1H), 1.49 (dq, J=10.7, 8.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 324.2.
Example 26:
1,3-dimethyl-5-[3-[(2-oxo-1-piperidyl)methyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]p-
yridin-2-one (Compound 26)
##STR00110##
[0410] Step 1: Preparation of
1-[(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)methyl]piperidin-2-one
##STR00111##
[0412] To a solution of piperidin-2-one (38 mg, 0.383 mmol) in DMF
(1 mL) was added NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 24 mg, 0.611
mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 20 min. Intermediate 1 (30
mg, 0.122 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred
for 2 h at rt. The mixture was quenched with water and concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with saturated
NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) and EtOAc (30 mL), and the aqueous layer was
extracted with EtOAc (3.times.10 mL). The combined organic layers
were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated under
reduced pressure to afford the title compound, which was used in
the next step without further purification. MS (ESI) [M+H]+
308.1/310.1.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 26
##STR00112##
[0414] A solution of
1-[(6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)methyl]piperidin-2-one (38
mg, 0.122 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared using the procedure described in US20130053362, 39.5 mg,
0.159 mmol) in DME (2 mL) and water (0.1 mL) was degassed for 10
min. Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (83 mg, 0.256 mmol) and Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4
(14 mg, 0.012 mmol) were then added and the mixture was degassed
for another 10 min. The resulting mixture was then heated at
85.degree. C. for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and was diluted
with saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) and EtOAc (30 mL). The layers
were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc
(3.times.10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over
MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The
material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a
mixture of EtOAc in hexane as eluent, followed by preparative HPLC
to provide Compound 26 (7 mg, 16%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (500
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.89 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.66
(s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=20.4 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dd,
J=9.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.33-3.19 (m, 2H),
2.50-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.58 (m, 4H). MS (ESI)
[M+H].sup.+ 351.2.
Example 27:
5-(3-anilinoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-1,3-dimethyl-pyridin-2-one
(Compound 30)
##STR00113##
[0415] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-N-phenyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-amine
##STR00114##
[0417] To a solution of 5-bromopyridin-2-amine (1.0 g, 5.78 mmol)
in DCE (20 ml) and MeOH (10 mL) was added glyoxylic acid
monohydrate (638.4 mg, 6.94 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at rt
for 30 min. To the solution, phenyl isonitrile (1.16 g, 11.28 mmol)
was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 48 h. The
mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), treated with solid
NaHCO.sub.3 (2.5 g), then activated charcoal and stirred at rt for
15 min. The mixture was filtered through a plug of Celite.TM. and
the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The material
was purified by flash chromatography on silica using a mixture of
MeOH in DCM as eluent and then further triturated with Et.sub.2O
and hexane to afford the title compound (935 mg, 56%) as a solid.
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) b 8.17 (dd, J=1.9, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 8.05
(s, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J=9.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.33
(dd, J=9.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J=8.5, 7.4 Hz, 2H), 6.80-6.72
(m, 1H), 6.64-6.57 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 288.1/290.1.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 30
##STR00115##
[0419] To a solution of
6-bromo-N-phenyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-amine (102.3 mg, 0.355
mmol) in a mixture of DME (2 mL) and water (0.2 mL), were added
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(US2013/0053362; 106.13 mg, 0.426 mmol), Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (289 mg,
0.888 mmol) and Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (41.2 mg, 0.035 mmol) and the
resulting mixture was degassed with N.sub.2 for 5 min and then
heated to 100.degree. C. in a sealed tube for 18 h. The mixture was
cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (10 mL) and water (10 mL). The
organic phase was separated, dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was purified by
flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture MeOH in DCM as
eluent, followed by preparative HPLC purification to afford
Compound 30 (18.8 mg, 16%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.90 (dd, J=1.8, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=9.3,
0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dd, J=2.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H),
7.32 (s, 1H), 7.29 (dd, J=9.3, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.19 (m, 2H), 6.88
(m, 1H), 6.62-6.57 (m, 2H), 5.56 (s, 1H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s,
3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 331.2.
Example 28: 1,3-dimethyl-5-[3-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxymethyl)
imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]pyridin-2-one (Compound 34)
##STR00116##
[0420] Step 1: Preparation of 6-bromo-3-(2,
2,2-trifluoroethoxymethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00117##
[0422] To a solution of 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol (408.95 mg, 4.07
mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added NaH (162.9 mg, 4.07
mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. To the mixture,
Intermediate 1 (100.0 mg, 0.407 mol) and DIPEA (0.142 mL, 0.815
mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred
at rt for 4 h. The mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and the
aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3.times.10 mL). The
combined organic layers were dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was purified by
flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc in
hexane as eluent to afford the title compound (102.2 mg, 81%) as a
solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.32 (dd, J=1.8,
0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J=9.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dd,
J=9.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.97 (s, 2H), 3.79 (q, J=8.6 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI)
[M+H].sup.+ 309.1/311.1.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 34
##STR00118##
[0424] Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (9 mg, 0.008 mmol) was added to a
degassed solution of
6-bromo-3-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxymethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (22
mg, 0.078 mmol), and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared as in US2013/0053362; 25 mg, 0.102 mmol) and
Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (64 mg, 0.196 mmol) in a mixture of DME (3 mL) and
water (0.3 mL) under N.sub.2. The resulting reaction mixture was
heated to 80.degree. C. for 20 h and then cooled to rt. The mixture
was filtered through Celite.TM. and washed with EtOAc (100 mL). To
the filtrate, saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (25 mL) was added and the
aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3.times.50 mL). The
combined organic layers were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered,
and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was purified
by flash chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc in
hexane as eluent, followed by preparative HPLC to provide Compound
34 (3.8 mg, 15%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H),
7.39 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J=9.3, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H),
3.83 (q, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H). MS (ESI)
[M+H].sup.+ 352.3.
Example 29:
6-(1,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-y-
l)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide (Compound 42)
##STR00119##
[0425] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide
##STR00120##
[0427] TEA (0.71 mL, 5.0754 mmol) was added to a room temperature
stirred solution of tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-amine hydrochloride
(0.349 g, 2.5377 mmol) in DCM (5 mL), followed by the addition of a
solution of Intermediate 3 (0.5 g, 1.6918 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). The
reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h and, after completion, was
concentrated under reduced pressure. The product obtained was
purified by silica gel column chromatography using a gradient of
50-70% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent. The fractions were
combined and concentrated to afford the title compound (0.2 g, 33%)
as a semisolid (MH.sup.+ 360.04).
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 42
##STR00121##
[0429] A stirred solution of
6-bromo-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide
(0.2 g, 0.5552 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2(1H)-
-one (0.208 g, 0.8328 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was purged with
nitrogen for 20 min, followed by the addition of sodium carbonate
(0.177 g, 1.6656 mmol) in water (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was
purged again with nitrogen for 20 min. Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (0.032
g, 0.0277 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated
at 100.degree. C. for 6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by silica
gel chromatography using 2-3% methanol in DCM as eluent. Fractions
were combined and concentrated to afford Compound 42 (0.060 g, 27%)
as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.61
(d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.9 (d, J=9.6 Hz,
1H), 7.83 (dd, J=1.6 and 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H),
3.69-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 3.22-3.16 (m, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H),
1.39-1.27 (m, 4H), MH.sup.+ 403.29.
Example 30:
6-(1,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-y-
l)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide (Compounds 43 & 44)
##STR00122##
[0430] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide
##STR00123##
[0432] TEA (1.3 mL, 9.1358 mmol) was added to a room temperature
stirred solution of tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-amine hydrochloride
(0.629 g, 4.5679 mmol) in DCM (5 mL), followed by the addition of a
solution of Intermediate 3 (0.9 g, 3.0453 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). The
reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h and, after completion of
reaction, was concentrated under reduced pressure. The product
obtained was purified by silica gel chromatography using a gradient
of 50-70% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent. Fractions were
combined and concentrated to afford the title compound (0.32 g,
27%) as a semisolid. MH.sup.+ 362.45.
Step 2: Preparation of Compounds 43 and 44
##STR00124##
[0434] A stirred solution of
6-bromo-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide
(0.32 g, 0.8883 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2(1H)-
-one (0.332 g, 1.3325 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was purged with
nitrogen for 20 min, followed by the addition of sodium carbonate
(0.283 g, 2.665 mmol) in water (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was
purged with nitrogen for another 20 min. Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (0.051
g, 0.0444) was the added and the reaction mixture was heated at
100.degree. C. for 6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under
reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by silica gel
chromatography using 2-3% methanol in DCM as eluent. Fractions were
combined and concentrated to afford the title compound in racemic
form (0.125 g), which was further purified by chiral preparative
HPLC (Chiralpak.TM. IC (250*21) mm, 5.mu. Column, flow 15.0 mL/min,
isocratic 30% n-Hexane in IPA: Methanol (70:30)) to afford two
isomers in separate fractions: Fraction 1 (Compound 43): 0.025 g
and Fraction 2 (Compound 44): 0.030 g.
[0435] Compound 43: Retention Time=9.02: .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO) .delta. ppm 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.65 (bs, 1H), 8.11 (s, 2H), 7.90
(d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J=1.6 and 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=1.2
Hz, 1H), 3.55-3.53 (m, 4H), 3.48-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.21 (m, 1H),
3.06-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 1.56-1.53 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.46 (m,
1H), 1.37-1.26 (m, 2H), M+1: 403.29.
[0436] Compound 44: Retention Time=11.09: .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO) .delta. ppm 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.65 (bs, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.10
(s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J=1.6 and 9.2 Hz, 1H),
7.79 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.56-3.53 (m, 4H), 3.45-3.42 (m, 1H),
3.26-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.04-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 1.56-1.53 (m,
1H), 1.49-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.35-1.26 (m, 2H), MH.sup.+: 403.29.
Example 31:
(R)-1,3-dimethyl-5-(3-((2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]py-
ridin-6-yl)pyridin-2(1H)-one (Compound 45)
##STR00125##
[0437] Step 1: Preparation of
(R)-6-bromo-3-((2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00126##
[0439] TEA (0.42 mL, 3.0453 mmol) was added to a room temperature
stirred solution of (R)-2-methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride (0.185 g,
1.5226 mmol) in DCM (5 mL), followed by the addition of a solution
of Intermediate 3 (0.3 g, 1.0151 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). The reaction
mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h and, after completion, was
concentrated under reduced pressure. The product obtained was
purified by silica gel chromatography using a gradient of 50-70%
ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent. The fractions were combined and
concentrated to afford the title compound (0.07 g, 20%). MH.sup.+
346.19.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 45
##STR00127##
[0441] A stirred solution of
(R)-6-bromo-3-((2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
(0.070 g, 0.2033 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2(1H)-
-one (0.076 g, 0.3050 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was purged with
nitrogen for 20 min, followed by the addition of sodium carbonate
(0.065 g, 0.61 mmol) in water (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was
purged with nitrogen for another 20 min. Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (0.012
g, 0.0101 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated
at 100.degree. C. for 6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by silica
gel chromatography using 2-3% methanol in DCM as eluent. Fractions
were combined and concentrated to afford Compound 45 (0.025 g,
16%). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s,
1H), 8.05 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd,
J=1.6 and 2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.80 (m, 1H),
3.55 (s, 3H), 3.43-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.17 (m, 1H), 2.11 (s, 3H),
1.84-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.24 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H).
MH.sup.+ 387.34.
Example 32:
(S)-1,3-dimethyl-5-(3-((2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]py-
ridin-6-yl)pyridin-2(1H)-one (Compound 46)
##STR00128##
[0442] Step 1: Preparation of
(S)-6-bromo-3-((2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00129##
[0444] TEA (0.71 mL, 5.0754 mmol) was added to a room temperature
stirred solution of (S)-2-methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride (0.309 g,
2.5377 mmol) in DCM (5 mL), followed by the addition of a solution
of Intermediate 3 (0.5 g, 1.6918 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). The reaction
mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h and, after completion, was
concentrated under reduced pressure. The product obtained was
purified by silica gel chromatography using a gradient of 50-70%
ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent. Fractions were combined and
concentrated to afford the title compound (0.1 g, 17%) as a
semisolid. MH.sup.+ 346.0.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 46
##STR00130##
[0446] A stirred solution of
(S)-6-bromo-3-((2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
(0.1 g, 0.2905 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2(1H)-
-one (0.109 g, 0.4357 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was purged with
nitrogen for 20 min, followed by the addition of sodium carbonate
(0.092 g, 0.8715 mmol) in water (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was
again purged with nitrogen for 20 min. Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (0.017
g, 0.0145 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated
at 100.degree. C. for 6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by silica
gel chromatography using 2-3% methanol in DCM as eluent. Fractions
were combined and concentrated to dryness to afford 0.1 g, which
product was repurified by preparative HPLC using 30% acetonitrile
in water with ammonium acetate to afford Compound 46 (0.015 g, 13%)
as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.23
(s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=5.6 Hz and 0.8 Hz,
1H), 7.80 (dd, J=9 9.6 Hz and 2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=1.2 and 2.4
Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.43-3.37 (m, 1H),
3.24-3.17 (m, 1H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 1.87-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.48 (m,
2H), 1.24 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H). MH.sup.+ 387.34.
Example 33:
6-(1,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)-N-methyl-N-(tetrahydrofura-
n-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide (Compounds 47 and
48)
##STR00131##
[0447] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-N-methyl-N-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfona-
mide
##STR00132##
[0449] TEA (1.5 mL, 10.963 mmol) was added to a room temperature
stirred solution of N-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-amine hydrochloride
(0.754 g, 5.4815 mmol) in DCM (5 mL), followed by the addition of a
solution of Intermediate 3 (1.08 g, 3.6543 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). The
reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 20 h and, after completion,
was concentrated under reduced pressure. The product obtained was
purified by silica gel chromatography using a gradient of 50-70%
ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent. The fractions were combined and
concentrated to dryness to afford the title compound (0.24 g, 18%)
as a semisolid. MH.sup.+ 360.14.
Step 2: Preparation of Compounds 47 and 48
##STR00133##
[0451] A stirred solution of
6-bromo-N-methyl-N-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfona-
mide (0.24 g, 0.6662 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2(1H)-
-one (0.249 g, 0.9993 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was purged with
nitrogen for 20 min, followed by the addition of sodium carbonate
(0.212 g, 1.9987 mmol) in water (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was
again purged with nitrogen for 20 min. Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (0.038
g, 0.0333) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated at
100.degree. C. for 6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under
reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by silica gel
chromatography using 2-3% methanol in DCM as eluent. Fractions were
combined and concentrated to dryness to afford the title compound
in racemic form (0.070 g) which was further purified by chiral
preparative HPLC (ChiralCEL.TM. OJ-H (250*20)mm, 5.mu. Column, flow
70.0 mL/min, isocratic 80% liquid CO.sub.2 and 20% IPA) to afford
two isomers in separate fractions: Fraction 1 (Compound 47): 0.018
g and Fraction 2 (Compound 48): 0.025 g.
[0452] Compound 47: Retention Time=8.43: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO)
.delta. ppm 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H),
7.92 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=1.6 and 2 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d,
J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.79-4.74 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H),
3.54-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.41 (m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H),
1.90-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.51 (m, 1H), M+1: 403.2
[0453] Compound 48: Retention Time=10.17: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO)
.delta. ppm 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H),
7.92 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=1.6 and 2 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d,
J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 4.79-4.73 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.54 (s, 3H),
3.53-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.39 (m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H),
1.89-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.50 (m, 1H), M+1: 403.2
Example 34:
5-(3-(cyclopentylsulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-1,3-dimethylpyridin-
-2(1H)-one (Compound 49)
##STR00134##
[0454] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-(cyclopentylthio)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00135##
[0456] Copper(I) iodide (0.024 g, 0.13 mmol) and
6-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (0.5 g, 2.53 mmole) were charged to
an oven dried vial. The vial was evacuated and back-filled with
oxygen. Under a counter-flow of oxygen, cyclopentanethiol (0.42 g,
4.06 mmol) was added, followed by DMSO (3 mL) using a syringe. The
vial was placed in a pre-heated oil bath at 120.degree. C. and the
reaction mixture was stirred vigorously for 28 h at this
temperature under oxygen. After completion, the reaction mixture
was allowed to cool to room temperature and was then diluted with
water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL.times.3). The
combined ethyl acetate layer was washed with brine (30 mL), dried
over anhydrous Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated under vacuum to
afford the title compound (0.3 g, 14%) as a semisolid. This product
was used in the next step without further purification. MH.sup.+
297.0.
Step 2: Preparation of
6-bromo-3-(cyclopentylsulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00136##
[0458] To a suspension of
6-bromo-3-(cyclopentylthio)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (0.3 g, 1.01
mmol) in DCM (6 mL) was added m-CPBA (0.35 g, 2.02 mmol) and the
resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h.
The reaction mixture was then diluted with DCM (50 mL), washed with
water (40 mL.times.2) and brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford
the title compound (0.21 g, 29%) as an oil: MH.sup.+: 331.0. The
product was used for the next step without further
purification.
Step 3: Preparation of Compound 49
##STR00137##
[0460] A stirred solution of
6-bromo-3(cyclopentylsulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (0.21 g, 0.64
mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-
(1H)-one (0.21 g, 0.83 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (4 mL) was purged with
nitrogen for 10 minutes, followed by the addition of sodium
carbonate (0.21 g, 1.92 mmol) in water (0.5 mL). The reaction
mixture was again purged with nitrogen for 10 min.
Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (0.037 g, 0.032 mmol) was then added and the
reaction mixture was heated at 90.degree. C. for 6 h. The solvent
was evaporated under reduced pressure and water (80 mL) was added.
The product was extracted using ethyl acetate (40 mL.times.3). The
combined organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over
anhydrous Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The product obtained was purified by silica gel flash
chromatography using 1.5 to 2% methanol in DCM as eluent. Fractions
were combined and concentrated to give 0.11 g of product, which was
triturated with a methanol:diethyl ether (0.5 mL: 8 mL) and with
diethyl ether (5 mL.times.2) to afford Compound 49 (0.032 g, 29%)
as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.24
(s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd,
J=1.2 and 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 4.10-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.55 (s,
3H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 1.94-1.87 (m, 4H), 1.67-1.58 (m, 4H);
MH.sup.+372.29.
Example 35:
(S)-5-(3-((3-methoxypyrrolidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)--
1,3-dimethylpyridin-2(1H)-one (Compound 50)
##STR00138##
[0461] Step 1: Preparation of
(S)-6-bromo-3-((3-methoxypyrrolidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00139##
[0463] TEA (0.57 mL, 4.0606 mmol) was added to a room temperature
stirred solution of (S)-3-methoxypyrrolidine hydrochloride (0.279
g, 2.0303 mmol) in DCM (5 mL), followed by the addition of a
solution of Intermediate 3 (0.4 g, 1.3535 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). The
reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h and, after completion,
was evaporated under reduced pressure. The product obtained was
purified by silica gel chromatography using a gradient of 50-70%
ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent. The fractions were combined and
concentrated to afford the title compound (0.2 g, 41%) as a
semisolid. MH.sup.+360.14.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 50
##STR00140##
[0465] A stirred solution of
(S)-6-bromo-3-((3-methoxypyrrolidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
(0.2 g, 0.5552 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2(1H)-
-one (0.207 g, 0.8328 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was purged with
nitrogen for 20 min, followed by the addition of sodium carbonate
(0.177 g, 1.6656 mmol) in water (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was
purged again with nitrogen for 20 min. Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (0.032
g, 0.0278 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated
at 100.degree. C. for 6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by silica
gel chromatography using 2-3% methanol in DCM as eluent. Fractions
were combined and concentrated to afford Compound 50 (0.038 g, 17%)
as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.20
(s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd,
J=1.6 and 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.85-3.84 (m, 1H),
3.55 (s, 3H), 3.44-3.35 (m, 3H), 3.25-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H),
2.12 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.86 (m, 2H). MH.sup.+403.29.
Example 36: (R)-5-(3-((3-methoxypyrrolidin-1-yl) sulfonyl)
imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-1,3-dimethylpyridin-2(1H)-one (Compound
51)
##STR00141##
[0466] Step 1: Preparation of
(R)-6-bromo-3-((3-methoxypyrrolidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
##STR00142##
[0468] TEA (0.71 mL, 5.0755 mmol) was added to a room temperature
stirred solution of (S)-3-methoxypyrrolidine hydrochloride (0.349
g, 2.5377 mmol) in DCM (5 mL), followed by the addition of a
solution of Intermediate 3 (0.5 g, 1.6918 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). The
reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h and, after completion,
was concentrated under reduced pressure. The product obtained was
purified by silica gel chromatography using a gradient of 50-70%
ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent. The fractions were combined and
concentrated to afford the title compound (0.2 g, 33%) as a
semisolid. MH.sup.+360.14
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 51
##STR00143##
[0470] A stirred solution of
(R)-6-bromo-3-((3-methoxypyrrolidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
(0.2 g, 0.5552 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2(1H)-
-one (0.207 g, 0.8328 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was purged with
nitrogen for 20 min, followed by addition of sodium carbonate
(0.177 g, 1.6656 mmol) in water (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was
again purged with nitrogen for 20 min. Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (0.032
g, 0.0278 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated
at 100.degree. C. for 6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by silica
gel chromatography using 2-3% methanol in DCM as eluent. Fractions
were combined and concentrated to dryness to afford Compound 51
(0.045 g, 20%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. 8.79
(s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=9.6 Hz,
1H), 7.80-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 3.84-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.55 (s,
3H), 3.44-3.35 (m, 3H), 3.25-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s,
3H), 1.89-1.86 (m, 2H). MH.sup.+403.34.
Example 37:
6-(1,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)-N-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)
imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide (Compounds 52 and 53)
##STR00144##
[0471] Step 1: Preparation of
6-bromo-N-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide
##STR00145##
[0473] DIPEA (0.7 mL, 4.06 mmol) was added to a room temperature
stirred solution of 3-amino tetrahydrofuran hydrochloride (0.251 g,
2.03 mmol) in DMSO (5 mL), followed by the addition of a solution
of Intermediate 3 (0.4 g, 1.35 mmol) in DMSO (5 mL). The reaction
mixture was heated at 100.degree. C. under microwave irradiation
for 40 min. After completion, the reaction mixture was allowed to
cool to rt and was diluted with ethyl acetate (250 mL) and washed
with water (150 mL.times.3). The organic layer was dried over
anhydrous Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The product obtained was purified by silica gel
chromatography using a gradient of 70-100% ethyl acetate in hexane
as eluent. The fractions were combined and concentrated to afford
the title compound (0.15 g, 32%) as a semisolid. M.sup.+
348.14.
Step 2: Preparation of Compounds 52 and 53
##STR00146##
[0475] A stirred solution of
6-bromo-N-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-sulfonamide
(0.15 g, 0.43 mmol) and
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2(1H)-
-one (0.162 g, 0.65 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was purged with
nitrogen for 20 min, followed by the addition of sodium carbonate
(0.138 g, 1.30 mmol) in water (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was
again purged with nitrogen for 20 min. Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (0.025
g, 0.02) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated at
100.degree. C. for 6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under
reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by silica gel
chromatography using 2-3% methanol in DCM as eluent. Fractions were
combined and concentrated to afford the title compound in racemic
form (0.080 g), which was further purified by chiral preparative
HPLC (Chiralpak.TM. AD-H (250*21) mm, 5.mu. Column, flow 70.0
ml/min, isocratic (A) liquid CO.sub.2 (B) 0.3% DEA in MeOH,
(A):(B)=60:40) to afford two isomers in separate fractions:
Fraction 1 (Compound 52): 0.015 g and Fraction 2 (Compound 53):
0.040 g for a total of 33% yield.
[0476] Compound 52: Retention Time=4.17: .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
Methanol-d.sub.4) .delta. ppm 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d,
J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.81 (m, 3H), 3.92-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.81 (q, J=7.6
Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.68-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.43 (dd, J=3.6 and 9.2
Hz, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.08-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.59 (m, 1H), M+1:
389.24
[0477] Compound 53: Retention Time=4.79: .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
Methanol-d.sub.4) .delta. ppm 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d,
J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.81 (m, 3H), 3.93-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.81 (q, J=7.6
Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.68-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.43 (dd, J=3.6 and 9.2
Hz, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.08-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.59 (m, 1H), M+1:
389.24
Example 38:
1,3-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-3-(2-pyridylmethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]py-
ridin-2-one (Compound 54)
##STR00147##
[0478] Step 1: Preparation of
(6-bromo-2-methyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-(2-pyridyl)
methanone
##STR00148##
[0480] To a suspension of 5-bromopyridin-2-amine (357.0 mg, 2.06
mmol) in MeOH (7 mL) was added N,N-dimethylacetamide dimethyl
acetal (305.36 mg, 2.06 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated
to 80.degree. C. for 18 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with
EtOAc (10 mL) and then washed with saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL).
The organic layer was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was dissolved in
toluene (7 mL) and 2-bromo-1-(2-pyridyl)ethanone hydrobromide
(644.1 mg, 2.06 mmol) was added followed with DIPEA (0.36 mL, 2.06
mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated in a sealed tube at
140.degree. C. for 30 min. The mixture was cooled to rt, diluted
with EtOAc (10 mL) and washed with water (2.times.30 mL). The
organic layer was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated
under reduced pressure. The material was triturated with Et.sub.2O
and hexane to afford the title compound (113.0 mg, 17%) as a solid.
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 9.85-9.73 (m, 1H), 8.83
(dd, J=4.3, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (dt, J=20.0, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (dd,
J=4.3, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
316.1/318.1.
Step 2: Preparation of
1,3-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-3-(pyridine-2-carbonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-y-
l]pyridin-2-one
##STR00149##
[0482] To a solution of
(6-bromo-2-methyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-(2-pyridyl)methanone
(327.0 mg, 1.034 mmol) in a mixture of DME (3 mL) and water (0.3
mL) were added
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared as in US20130053362, 309.2 mg, 1.24 mmol),
Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (842.5 mg, 2.59 mmol) and Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4
(119.9 mg, 0.103 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed with
N.sub.2 for 5 min and then heated to 100.degree. C. for 18 h. The
mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (10 mL) and water
(10 mL). The phases were separated and the organic layer was dried
over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
using a gradient (0-20%) of MeOH in DCM as eluent to afford the
title compound (213 mg, 57%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 9.66 (dd, J=1.9, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 8.72 (ddd, J=4.8,
1.7, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (td, J=7.7, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dt, J=7.8,
1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J=9.2, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.42 (m, 4H), 3.64
(s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
359.3.
Step 3: Preparation of Compound 54
##STR00150##
[0484] A solution of
1,3-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-3-(pyridine-2-carbonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-y-
l]pyridin-2-one (213.0 mg, 0.59 mmol), hydrazine hydrate (1.72 mL,
19.39 mmol) and KOH (266.7 mg, 4.75 mmol) in ethylene glycol (4 mL)
was heated to 150.degree. C. in a sealed vial for 20 h. The
solution was cooled to rt and diluted with DCM (10 mL) and H.sub.2O
(10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3.times.10 mL).
The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered
and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was purified
by preparative HPLC to afford Compound 54 (55 mg, 27%) as a solid.
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.56 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H),
8.10 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H),
7.19-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s,
3H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 2.55 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 345.2.
Example 39:
1,3-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-3-(3-pyridylmethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]py-
ridin-2-one (Compound 55)
##STR00151##
[0485] Step 1: Preparation of
(6-bromo-2-methyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-(3-pyridyl)
methanone
##STR00152##
[0487] To a suspension of 5-bromopyridin-2-amine (362 mg, 2.092
mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added N,N-dimethylacetamide dimethyl
acetal (309.6 mg, 2.09 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to
80.degree. C. for 18 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with
EtOAc (10 mL) and the organic layer was washed with saturated
NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue (500
mg, 2.07 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (10 mL) and
2-bromo-1-(3-pyridyl)ethanone hydrobromide (580.2 mg, 2.07 mmol)
was added, followed by DIPEA (0.37 mL, 2.07 mmol). The reaction
mixture was heated at 140.degree. C. for 10 min and then was cooled
to rt in the oil bath. The mixture was then concentrated under
reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL)
with a minimum of MeOH. The organic layer was washed with saturated
NaHCO.sub.3 (3.times.20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried
over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The material was purified by flash chromatography on
silica gel using a mixture of MeOH in DCM as eluent to afford the
title compound (138 mg, 21%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 9.73 (dd, J=1.7, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 8.90-8.79 (m,
2H), 8.02-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.49 (ddd, J=7.8, 4.9,
0.8 Hz, 1H), 2.20 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 316.1/318.1.
Step 2: Preparation of
1,3-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-3-(pyridine-3-carbonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-y-
l]pyridin-2-one
##STR00153##
[0489] To a solution of
(6-bromo-2-methyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-(3-pyridyl)methanone
(138 mg, 0.436 mmol) in a mixture of DME (5 mL) and water (0.5 mL)
were added
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared as in US20130053362, 130.5 mg, 0.524 mmol),
Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (355 mg, 1.09 mmol) and Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (50.62
mg, 0.044 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed with N.sub.2 for
5 min and then heated in a sealed tube at 100.degree. C. for 18 h.
The mixture was cooled to rt, and then diluted with EtOAc (10 mL)
and water (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was
triturated with Et.sub.2O to afford the title compound (129 mg,
83%), which was used in the next step without further purification.
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 9.67 (dd, J=1.9, 0.9 Hz,
1H), 8.87 (ddd, J=6.6, 3.5, 1.2 Hz, 2H), 8.05-7.98 (m, 1H),
7.76-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J=9.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.45 (m, 3H),
3.66 (s, 3H), 2.25 (d, J=14.2 Hz, 6H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
359.3.
Step 3: Preparation of Compound 55
##STR00154##
[0491] A solution of
1,3-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-3-(pyridine-3-carbonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-y-
l]pyridin-2-one (129.0 mg, 0.36 mmol), hydrazine hydrate (1.04 mL,
11.75 mmol) and KOH (161.5 mg, 2.88 mmol) in ethylene glycol (1 mL)
was heated to 150.degree. C. in a sealed vial for 20 h. The
solution was cooled to rt and diluted with DCM (10 mL) and water
(10 mL). The phases were separated and the aqueous layer was
extracted with DCM (3.times.10 mL). The combined organic layers
were dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The material was purified by preparative HPLC to afford
Compound 55 (45 mg, 36%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.55-8.46 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d,
J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.14 (m, 3H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 3.59
(s, 3H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+
345.3.
Example 40:
1,3-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-3-(4-pyridylmethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-yl]py-
ridin-2-one (Compound 56)
##STR00155##
[0492] Step 1: Preparation of
(6-bromo-2-methyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-(4-pyridyl)
methanone
##STR00156##
[0494] To a suspension of 5-bromopyridin-2-amine (357 mg, 2.06
mmol) in MeOH (7 mL) was added N,N-dimethylacetamide dimethyl
acetal (305.4 mg, 2.06 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to
80.degree. C. for 18 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted in
EtOAc (10 ml) and the organic layer was washed with saturated
NaHCO.sub.3. The organic layer was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered
and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted in
toluene (7 mL) and 2-bromo-l-(4-pyridyl)ethanone hydrobromide
(644.1 mg, 2.06 mmol) was added followed by DIPEA (0.36 mL, 2.06
mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated in a sealed tube at
140.degree. C. for 30 min. The mixture was cooled to rt, diluted
with EtOAc (10 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water
(2.times.30 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was
triturated with Et.sub.2O and hexane to afford the title compound
(113.0 mg, 17%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 9.85-9.73 (m, 1H), 8.83 (dd, J=4.3, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (dt,
J=20.0, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (dd, J=4.3, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H). MS
(ESI) [M+H]+ 316.1/318.1.
Step 2: Preparation of
1,3-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-3-(pyridine-4-carbonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-y-
l]pyridin-2-one
##STR00157##
[0496] To a solution of
(6-bromo-2-methyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-(4-pyridyl)methanone
(150 mg, 0.474 mmol) in a mixture of DME (5 mL) and water (0.5 mL)
were added
1,3-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-one
(prepared as in US20130053362, 141.8 mg, 0.569 mmol),
Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3 (386.5 mg, 1.19 mmol) and Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4
(54.8 mg, 0.047 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed with
N.sub.2 for 5 min and then heated in a sealed tube at 100.degree.
C. for 18 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc
(10 mL) and water (10 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried
over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The material was triturated with a mixture of EtOAc and hexane to
afford the title compound (166 mg, 98%) as a solid. .sup.1H NMR
(500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 9.74 (dd, J=1.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.86
(d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (dd, J=9.2, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J=9.2,
1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.48 (m, 4H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.51 (d, J=5.5 Hz,
2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 359.3.
Step 3: Preparation of Compound 56
##STR00158##
[0498] A solution of
1,3-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-3-(pyridine-4-carbonyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-6-y-
l]pyridin-2-one (166.0 mg, 0.46 mmol), hydrazine hydrate (1.34 ml,
15.12 mmol) and KOH (207.9 mg, 3.7 mmol) in ethylene glycol (3 mL)
was heated to 150.degree. C. in a sealed vial for 20 h. The
solution was cooled to rt and diluted with DCM (10 mL) and water
(10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3.times.10 mL).
The combined organic layers were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was
purified by preparative HPLC to afford Compound 56 (52.0 mg, 33%)
as a solid. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.46 (d,
J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.11 (m,
3H), 6.97 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.22 (s, 2H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 2.44 (s,
3H), 2.13 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) [M+H].sup.+ 345.3.
Example 41: Biological Activity
[0499] a) In Vitro Bromodomain Inhibition
[0500] To measure activity of bromodomain inhibitors, a His-epitope
tagged BRD4 BD149-170 is purchased from BPS Bioscience. BRD4
binding and inhibition is assessed by monitoring the engagement of
biotinylated H4-tetraacetyl peptide (H4K5/8/12/16; AnaSpec
#64989-025) with the target using the AlphaLISA technology
(Perkin-Elmer). Specifically, in a 384 well OptiPlate, BRD4 (BD1)
(200 nM final) is pre-incubated with either DMSO (final 1.0% DMSO)
or a compound dilution series in DMSO. All reagents are diluted in
assay buffer containing 50 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), 100 mM NaCl, 0.1%
(w/v) BSA, and 0.05% (w/v) CHAPS. After a 30 minute incubation at
room temperature, H4 peptide is added (200 nM final) and the
reaction is incubated an additional 30 minutes at room temperature.
Alpha streptavidin donor beads and AlphaLISA nickel chelate
acceptor beads are then added to a final concentration of 10
.mu.g/mL each. After one hour, equilibration plates are read on an
Envision instrument and ICsos calculated using a four parameter
non-linear curve fit. The results are shown in Table 1 (BRD4
alpha).
[0501] b) Transcription of Human C-Myc in Human Leukemic MV-4-11
Cells:
[0502] The effect of compounds on transcription of human C-Myc gene
is monitored in human B-myelomonocytic leukemia cell line MV-4-11
(from American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Manassas, Va., USA)
using QuantiGene 2.0 assay kit (Affymetrix, Santa Clara, Calif.,
USA).
[0503] Typically, 8,000 MV-4-11 cells are plated in sterile 96-well
plates (Costar #3598 from Fisher Scientific Canada, Ottawa,
Ontario, Canada) in Iscove's medium supplemented with 10% fetal
bovine serum, glutamine (2 mM), and penicillin (100 I.U.) and
streptomycin (100 .mu.g/mL) (all from Wisent Inc., St. Bruno,
Quebec, Canada). Compounds are dissolved in DMSO at 30 mM. A series
of 1:3 dilutions are first made in DMSO, and further 1:100
dilutions are made in serum-containing cell culture media. The
final concentration of DMSO is 0.1% in cell culture media.
[0504] After cells are treated with various concentrations of test
compound for 4 hours, cells are lysed using Quantigene 2.0 sample
processing kit (# QS0100). C-Myc mRNA is detected using a
QuantiGene 2.0 assay kit (# QS0009) with gene-specific probe to
human C-Myc (# SA-50182) following the manufacturer's
recommendations. Luminescene signals are read on Flexstation II
microplate reader (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif., USA).
Percentage of inhibition of C-Myc transcription is analyzed using
EXCEL (2010 version). The results are shown in Table 1
(MV-4-11).
TABLE-US-00001 TABLE 1 Compound No BRD4.alpha. (IC.sub.50, .mu.M)
MV-4-11 (IC.sub.50, .mu.M) 1 0.122 0.058 2 0.09946 0.0592 3 0.1432
0.0863 4 0.3125 0.2758 5 0.113 0.0939 6 N/A 0.0913 7 N/A 0.0928 8
0.195 0.8444 9 0.1531 0.1523 10 0.3177 0.8373 11 N/A 2.7293 12 N/A
0.912 13 N/A 2.6578 14 N/A 0.508 15 N/A 2.5243 16 N/A 0.0813 17 N/A
0.7583 18 N/A 0.0937 19 N/A 0.1699 20 N/A 0.1118 21 N/A 0.8159 22
N/A 0.0098 23 N/A 0.0165 24 N/A 0.0322 25 N/A 0.1742 26 N/A 0.4919
30 N/A 0.0249 34 N/A 0.2344 42 N/A 0.8647 43 N/A 0.2534 44 N/A
0.5967 45 N/A 0.5071 46 N/A 0.1776 47 N/A 0.731 48 N/A 0.5367 49
N/A 0.8514 50 N/A 2.3697 51 N/A 0.6147 52 N/A 0.8906 53 N/A 0.8983
54 N/A 0.1508 55 N/A 0.0845 56 N/A 0.1533 N/A: not available
[0505] Although the invention has been illustrated and described
with respect to one or more implementations, equivalent alterations
and modifications will occur to others skilled in the art upon the
reading and understanding of this specification. In addition, while
a particular feature of the invention may have been disclosed with
respect to only one of several implementations, such feature may be
combined with one or more other features of the other
implementations as may be desired and advantageous for any given or
particular application.
[0506] Accordingly, it is understood that the examples and
embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and
that various modifications or changes in light thereof will be
suggested to persons skilled in the art and are to be included
within the spirit and purview of this application and scope of the
appended claims. Any publication, document, patent, patent
application or publication referred to herein should be construed
as incorporated by reference each in their entirety for all
purposes.
* * * * *